ML20238D598
| ML20238D598 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Rancho Seco |
| Issue date: | 08/06/1987 |
| From: | SACRAMENTO MUNICIPAL UTILITY DISTRICT |
| To: | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML20238D593 | List: |
| References | |
| ADM-0037, ADM-37, NUDOCS 8709110277 | |
| Download: ML20238D598 (257) | |
Text
{{#Wiki_filter:n r
~
'R ANCHO SECO-f .'
I maintenance administrative procedures i (' - manual 6 FOR 'NFORMATION ONLY CONTROL COPY NU M B E R:
/,
vMUD copy AssioNeo To: ADM-0037 REV O B709110277 870006 PDR ADOCK 05000312 p PM -=u_,_c---,--,.- ,- -- . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . - - - - - -
s f
. . . . .a. .' ; ...
m .:L , 9 ' 4. E7 j
,- . . . . . . .. : 4 .s .. , u .: ,,,. r. ..,
. c :. . .., ...n , .n.e
.,as.1. . . m:.-. ..n L.,.. n.
.n n .. ... .
CHANGE.40FC!i-01 E:FECThE DATL07/27!S7 EXP!.; Ail!!OATE:07/27/59 AF';.0 VAL l ATE:07/15/97 FR CEDURE NO FROCEIE E REV I!iLE CivENTE ; uwwwmwm www,w wwww,w,wwwwn w,mmmmm,m,m,m i
. ,o
,.,.r ,
. , n. .
v ...ip.n,.. .v.. ..r.m.... o.. tars. in. :..e .,: e.
. . .ve..'. .. .. '
'*4> :'e v.. ,e.
i ACTIVITIEE FEVII:0N 1 i i I t f FOR INFORMAT101 OLY r
L TABLE.OF CONTENTS MAP-3 MAINTENANCE. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL 07-31-87 d' MAP-0001- MAINTENANCE. DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION AND Rev. 0 07-02-87 RESPONSIBILITIES MAP-0002 CONTROL OF MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES Rev. 0 07-02-87 MAP-0003 WRITING-GUIDE FOR MAINTENANCE. TEST, AND CALIBRATION Rev. 0 07-02-87 PROCEDURES
' MAP-0004 CONTROL OF ON-SITE' CONTRACTOR AND VENDOR. PERSONNEL Rev. 0 07-02-87 MAP-0006 WORK REQUEST PLANNING Rev. 0 .07-02-87 MAP-0007 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL CONTROL Rev. 0 07-02-87
' MAP-0009 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Rev. O. 07-02-87 MAP-0011 FOREIGN MATERIAL EXCLUSION Rev. 0 07-02-87
- MAP-0014 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT Rev. 0 07-02-87 MAP-0015 MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT TRAINING Rev. 0 07-31-87 MAP-0017 ROOT CAUSE DETERMINATION Rev. 0 06-12-87
~
C i l r FOR INf0RMAT10N ONLY i L i l L,,. 9
- p. -
9
. , SMUD,' NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0001-
-REVISION: 0.
MAINTENANCE-ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE' 1 ' 0F. 8 ' LEAD 0IVISION EFFECTIVE DATE
. MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT 07-02--87 MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION AND' RESPONSIBILITIES a de 13 b MAINTENANCE MANAGER / Mtv PRC Review' Required. .[ ] Yes [X]'No Quality Review Required. [X] Yes '[i]'No' SCOPE OF REVISION NEW PROCEDURE l4 1
.I 0.
]
i FOR NFORMMION ONI - l l ____m. __ __'.l_.m. _ x
-SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0001 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 2 0F 8 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To define the Maintenance Department organizational structure and the primary function of each section within.
1.2 Discussion
This procedure contains the organization charts, responsibilities, and reporting paths for the Maintenance Department. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure addresses the Nuclear Maintenance Organization. All personnel within the Maintenance Department, and those interfacing with the department, are subject to the requirements herein.
3.0 REFERENCES
None _ g 4.0 DEFINITIONS None 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 OEPARTMENT FUNCTION 5.1.1 In accordance with organizational charters, the primary function of the Maintenance Department is to maintain the physical condition of the plant to optimize reliability and plant availability. This is accomplished through the planning and implementation of preventive, predictive, and corrective maintenance on plant structures, systems and equipment, and the planning and implementation of modification activities. 5.2 ORGANI7ATIONAL STRUCTURES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 5.2.1 Refer to Attachment 1 for the organizational structure for the Maintenance Department as established and implemented by the Maintenance Manager. l .
. r
- i
! i I _..a
- _ _ . . _
ll. SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0001 l4 REVISION: 0' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 3 0F 8 l 5.2.2: The Maintenance Manager reports directly to the Director of-Operations and Maintenance and is responsible and accountable for the maintenance ' status of the plant. This includes, but is not limited to the following areas of responsibilities:
. Management of corrective, predictive, and preventive maintenance activities.
-. Management of plant modification activities within the Maintenance Department.
. . Development and implementation of policies, procedures, and
. management control systen"; for maintenance activities required for safe, legal and efficient operation of the plant.
. Maintenance Department organization development.
. Establishing effective and open Department interfaces and lines of communications.
. Ensuring compliance with commitment schedules.
Responding to NRC and INPO initiated maintenance action items. 5.2.3 The Deputy Maintenance Manager and the Assistant Maintenance Manager are responsible for supporting the Maintenance Manager as directed to implement the Maintenance Program. 5.2.4 The Maintenance Planning Section, as supervised by the Planning Superintendent, is responsible for supporting Mechanical, Electrical, Instrumentation and Controls, Facility Maintenance Section as necessary for the safe, efficient and reliable implementation of maintenance activities. This includes, but is not limited to, the following areas of responsibilities:
. Preparation of complete work packages which include the 'l information and documentation required for completion of j maintenance activities and modification activities. '
! . Requisition of required materials in support of maintenance l activities.
. Communication of maintenance activity status to Implementation Department for scheduling.
1
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0001 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 4 0F 8 5.2.4 (Continued)
- Retention of complete and concise equipment history information.
. Identifying required clearances for completion of Maintenance activities.
. Ensuring regulatory requirements affected or addressed through maintenance activities are clearly identified.
. Responding to the needs of the disciplined maintenance sections to ensure the most efficient completion of
- maintenance.
5.2.5 The Mechanical / Facilities Section, as directed by the Mechanical Superintendent, is responsible for completion of mechanical j maintenance activities in support of safe, efficient and reliable g , operation of the plant. This includes the following areas of responsibilities:
- Performance of mechanical corrective, predictive and preventive maintenance activities of;
- Mechanical Equipment HVAC Building Maintenance
. Performance of mechanical plant modification activities assigned to the Maintenance Department.
. Documenting completion of mechanical maintenance and modification activities in accordance with regulatory requirements.
. Mechanical Maintenance Engineering support of mechanical maintenance and modification activities.
. . Development, maintenance and implementation of the mechanical maintenance procedures required for completion of mechanical maintenance and modification activities.
. Evaluation for root causes of mechanical equipment failures.
m=mr_==_____=- _ _ _ _ = .- _ . .
SMUD, NUCLEAR. ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0001. REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 5 0F ' 8
~5.2.6 Electrical /I&C Section, as directed by~ the Electrical /I&C Superintendent, is responsible for completion of electrical /I&C activities in support of the safe, efficient and' reliable operation of the plant, including:
. Maintenance activities including corrective and. preventive maintenance, testing and modifications in the following i areas:
Electrical Maintenance
. - Electrical Testing Instrumentation and Controls
- Contract Maintenance
. ' Maintenance field engineering directly related to <
accomplishing the activities above. Scheduling activities as related to developing and maintaining the daily work schedule, weekly forecast f' schedule, and equipment outage schedules.
. Completion of assigned maintenance activities in a safe, !
efficient manner and in compliance with established programs. and procedures. Evaluation for root causes of equipment failures occurring within assigned areas. , i
. Performance of facility corrective, predictive and l preventive maintenance activities. l l
. Performance of facility plant modification activities. I l
Documenting completion of facility maintenance and j modification activities in accordance with regulatory I requirements, j Facility Maintenance Engineering support of facility maintenance and modification activities. Development, maintenance and implementation of the facility maintenance procedures required for completion of facility maintenance and modification activities, p Evaluation for root causes of facility equipment failures. 1 i l C_ _ _
- 3 l
I SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0001 REVISION: 'O MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 6 0F 8
]-
3 5.2.7 The Contract Maintenance Area is established on'an as needed basis to_ supplement the normal maintenance organization.- 1 The Contract Maintenance ' Area, as dirested by the Electrical / Instrument and Control Superintendent, is responsible for completion of mechanical, electrical and facilities maintenance activities (as assigned) in support of the safe, efficient and reliable _ operation of the plant. This includes.the following areas of responsibilities:
. Performance of mechanical, electrical, and f acility .
corrective, predictive, and-preventive maintenance ' activities, as assigned, i
.: Performance of mechanical, electrical, and facility plant modification activitiet, as assigned.
. Documenting completion of assigned. maintenance and modification activities in accordance with regulatory requirements.
. Field Engineering support of assigned < maintenance and - -i modification activities.
. ' Implementation of maintenance procedures required for completion of maintenance and modification activities.
i
. Evaluation of root causes, as assigned.
5.3 Succession of Authority 5.3.1 Unless specified differently in writing, the-Deputy Maintenance Manager or the Assistant Maintenance Manager is authorized to act on behalf of the Maintenance Manager during his/her absence. This-includes signing for him as required for the continued ; support of plant operation with the exception of matters related .l to the Maintena'nce Division budget. Any further clarifications ] to this delegation shall be stated in writing, dated, and signed j by the Maintenance Manager. l i 5.3.2 When deemed necessary, the Maintenance Manager is respons'ible for i the delegation of responsibilities of absent Maintenance
- Superintendents or Supervisors in writing during ~ planned or j unplanned absences.
l
)
)
)
I l l
-__ _ _ . _ _ _ _ a
p \,
- SMUD,; NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0001 REVISION:- O' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDl!RES PAGE 7 0F 8
- 6.0' RECORDS,I
.': None 7.0 ATTACHMENTS
, . 7.1 Maintenance Department Organizational Structure - Attachment 1 4 ease f
a
..e j
o .n SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER:. MAP-0001 e REVISION: 0 j + MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 8 0F 8 MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT' ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE-I _ . v
! I e - M ._._.i r
~ r r m E.
I I g y _.- c .. a I , ._-
,5 W
s e j!! , . r r,j
! E W - - '.O'
, E s -
5
'i ' .E 1 sw y _;
e m, , \ l i 3 1 [w) > r ,, , c5 r , uJ (, 5 I I I 1a
- f. 3 -
- i. L. j *@
tz E j ; sa t
; e_
y
; tu 5
y r 3'. (- 8 I 1
,I i >
- m, r - r ,
5 I = y -
- I e E 3
is r . 1
.ns _
i . Ei i ,
]
. Attachment 1 1 Page 1 of 1
i M A r4 U A L T1 TLC i I _ . . . . ~ . _ _ . I PROCEDURE TITLE NUMB E R : /188- CC>O T \ st j GO?l l'C ,l u 2(r by' dis (jcil&MCL. /,j}j., , (/,'n 'e' p / $ REVISION: Q PACE /or i PROCEDURC CHANCE NOTICE PCN NO.* -[. ) EFFECTIVE DATE: klGu,ttsttcutcL
,/
LEAD DCPARTMENT: 7-27-97 MA MANAGER / OATE MA MANAGER / CATE we 7!/(h MANAGER / 4 ATE Insert this Notice in front of the Cover Sheet for the subJact Proc
- dure-INSTRUCTIONS:
1 jdmskjs t. n 4v red " % or,9ird wakfay ,
~ G, eacL
- or a. coq & Vn w:ntpacy&& le lo vA 1 . .,
ma.tJeuaucc. acf:v&j e
~ '
/wai & chiran ah ((a.
aq & ac),w Work s,k idrog& L wwk s g g ge ma A in a aorda u a 4
. ecy,es
}ma ,,
l4, 4 6 4
- a. ,
i
't.
1; i 1 l l r i f 1 l
\
l m a# . ebMW. um WuRS Nl j FOR IFORT101 DNLY g,
/,.. e h
s . l bon..u,et.vi l
i. SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0002 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE PAGE 1 0F 11 LEAD DEPARTMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE
~ ~
MAINTENANCE CONTROLOFMAINTENANCEACTIVITIESl dr . 1-MAINTENANCE MANAGER / ate 4 h--- PRC Review Required [ ] YES [X] NO Quality Review Required [X] YES [ ] NO SCOPE OF REVISION .i ~ - NEW PROCEDURE
l' L. 1 SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0002 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE PAGE 2 0F 11 L 1.0 PURPOSE To define the control of maintenance activities within the Maintenance Department. , i
-2.0 SCOPE All persons'within the Maintenance Department and/or working under.the direction of the Maintenance Manager are subject to the requirements of this procedure.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 MAP-0001, " Maintenance Department Organization and Responsibility" 3.2 RSAP-0803, " Work Request" 3.3 AP.22, " Occurrence Description Reports" 3.4 AP.26, "Abnornal Tag Procedure" , 3.5 QAP 17, "Noncor. forming Material Control' 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Work Request A Work Request is used for initiating, planning, documenting, and authorizing maintenance functions and plant modifications. 4.2 Blanket Work Request A work request used to document completion of multiple minor maintenance activities. 4.3 Minor Maintenance l 1 Maintenance activities on equipment which does not affect I component / system operability and retrievable history is not i required. Such activities will be completed under a blanket work request, i.e., adjusting packing on manual valves, tightening junction box screws, changing bulbs in fixtures, operations . support for running hoses, etc.
)
1
1 i g., ; SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0002 1 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE PAGE 3 OF 11
/
4.4 Surveillance Procedures' Procedures for accomplishing surveillance requirements set.forth in lechnical Specifications and!other gove'rning documents. 4.5 Work Package ~ .
~
A, work package is'a set of documents which asy consist of a Work Request, work instructions, necessary drawings, maintenance procedures', technical information and permits, etc. required for implementation of the assigned task.by the authorized work group. (Ref. Attachment 10). 4.6 ' Modification Any change that required altering a document included in the design definition of the plant. i.e., drawings or specifications. 4.7 _ Abnormal Condition Mechanical, ' structural, electrical, or pneumatic equipment which -
.has been modified and placed in service without an approved' if r" '
document change notical to ' document the change, r, s4.8- Repair
.The process of restoring nonconforming . equipment to an operable status which is different from existing design' criteria or specifications.
4.9 Rework The process of restoring nonconforming ' equipment to an operable status which complies with existing design criteria or { specifications. j i 4.10 Occurrence Description Report { The documentation for reporting procedure. violations. Technical Specification violations, or potential licensee events. i I
)
o I. p r
o - . 4
-o I
,SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0002 REVISION: 0- 3l <
MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDUREL PAGE 4 0F 11 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1. General Requirements 5.1.1 Maintenance activities shall be completed within the Maintenance Department through Work Requests and Surveillance Procedures. 5.1. 2 Work Requests (WRs) are required for repair and rework, of- plant . systems, structures, and equipment. 5.1.3 Completion of Surveillance Procedures (SPs) are required for accomplishing surveillance requirements in accordance with Technical Specifications. 5.1.4 Minor maintenance activities may be completed on plant equipment with the Shift Supervisor approval. Minor Maintenance activities shall be. initiated and completed.through use of a blanket work request. All work performed shall be documented. 5.1. 5 All maintenance activities shall be' documented upon completion of the work request or the surveillance procedure as applicable and shall be completed concisely and legibly using a black ball point pen. , 5.1.6 All changes / corrections shall be made legible, using a black, ball point pen. Changes / corrections shall be made by line-out (single), initialing, and dating the change. Approvals of changes shall be made on the work request'in the same manner.
~
5.1. 7 All maintenance on Class 1, fire protection, or environmentally qualified systems, structures, or equipment as defined in the. Master Equipment List (MEL) shall be completed in accordance with approved procedures, written instructions, approved drawings and acceptance criteria equivalent 'to the task to be performed.
. 5.1. 8 All maintenance on non Class 1, non fire protection, or non environmentally qualified systems, structures, or equipment as defined in the MEL should be completed'in accordance with approved procedures or written instructions, of such detail equivalent to the task to be performed.
5.1.9 Any person detecting or suspecting a condition that can potentially render a safety system / equipment inoperable, shall verbally report the occurrence tc hi:/hcr Supervisor. The
- Supervisor shall take the appropriate actions to ensure an Occurrence Description Report is initiated as required in accordance with AP.22.
k
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0002 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE PAGE 5 0F 11 5 5.1.10 Any person identifying a system, equipment and appurtenance., components, parts or materials which do not meet the specified requirements of purchase orders, design drawings,
- operational / test documents or construction documents shall inform his/her Supervisor of a potential Nonconformance in accordance with QAP 17.
5.1.11 Abnormal conditions shall be limited to and controlled by the S requirements of AP.26. 5.1.12 The original work package for each maintenance activity shall be located at the work site throughout the duration of the activity. 5.2 Maintenance Superintendents 5.2.1 The Maintenance Superintendents are responsible for the safe and efficient performance of maintenance activities in accordance with approved procedures. 5.2.2 The Maintenance Superintendents are responsible for maintaining a trained and qualified staff, able to safely and efficiently meet the requirements of the maintenance program. g , - 5.2.3 The Maintenance Superintendents are responsible for ensuring technical procedures are established, maintained, and implemented as required to safely and efficiently complete maintenance activities. 5.2.4 The Planning Superintendent is responsible for maintaining a trained and qualified staff, able to effectively address the planning requirements of the maintenance program. 5.2.5 The Planning Superintendent is responsible for establishing and maintaining the administrative procedure for implementation of the maintenance program. 5.2.6 The Planning Superintendent is responsible for establishing, maintaining, and implementing the procedures necessary to perform planning. 5.3 Maintenance Engineers 5.3.1 The Maintenance Engineers should review work requests which involve any of the following, to ensure all applicable requirements are being addressed. a e
i SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0002 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDilRE PAGE 6 0F 11 5.3.1.1 An unusual or unprecedented equipment failure. l 5.3.1.2 Temporary modifications to support maintenance. 5.3.1.3 Special processes such as welding. 5.3.1.4 Replacement parts equivalency problems. 5.3.1.5 Interpretations of design information. 5.3.2 Maintenance Engineering is responsible for performing component failure troubleshooting as required to support maintenance activities. 5.3.3 The Maintenance Engineer is responsible for reviewing all completed work packages to verify satisfactory completion of all maintenance requirements and determining the cause of unusual or unprecedented equipment failures. 5.3.4 Maintenance Engineering is responsible for trending work history at the component and subsystem levels, including NPRDS data. 5.3.5 The Preventive Maintenance Supervisor is responsible for ensuring a preventive maintenance program is established, maintained, and implemented. 5.3.6 The Preventive Maintenance Supervisor is responsible for trending preventive maintenance activities for effectiveness and revising ! the activities accordingly within the preventive maintenance program. 5.3.7 The Preventive Maintenance Supervisor is responsible for ensuring new preventive maintenance activities are scoped, planned, and entered into the preventive maintenance program. 5.4 Planners 5.4.1 The Planner is responsible for planning all corrective i maintenance activities and modification activities to be completed by Maintenance. 5.4.2 The Planner is responsible for comoiling work packages for performance of maintenance and modification activities. Work packages shall include all documentation and information required to safely and efficiently complete the activity. t 6 4 1 e..... e . .*=.c . --- ___
--~.4, .e-.. - -=
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0002 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE PAGE 7 0F 11 5.4.3 The Planner is responsible for ensuring all inspection requirements and acceptance criteria are clearly denoted within the procedure or on the work request continuation form. 5.4.4 The Planner is responsible for specifying the procedures, procedure sections, and/or steps applicable for completion of the corrective maintenance or modification activity on the work request. l 5.4.5 The Planner is responsible for identifying all cleanliness requirements necessary to support corrective maintenance and modification activities in the work package. 5.4.6 The Planner is responsible for reviewing corrective maintenance work requests to determine if a nonconforming condition exists. When it is the case, the Planner should initiate a nonconformance report in accordant? With QAP 17. s 5.4.7 The Planner is r:sponsible for ensuring all corrective maintenance and modification activities are entered into the work request data base. 5.4.8 The Planner is respons4ble for identifying post maintenance testing requirements for corrective maintenance activities. 5.4.9 The Planner is responsible for retaining a backup original copy of the work package through duration of the maintenance activity. 5.4.10 The Planner is responsible for ensuring all corrective maintenance and modification activities equipment history is retained and accessible for reference. 5.4.11 The Planner is responsible for supporting the planning of preventive maintenance activities as requested by the Preventive Maintenance Supervisor. 5.5 Maintenance Foreman / Supervisor 5.5.1 Prior to assigning maintenance activities for work, the Foreman / Supervisor shall ensure the work package is complete including all information and documentation necessary to safely and efficiently complete the work.
. J 1 ,
1 SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0002 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE PAGE 8 0F 11 1
' The Foremen / Supervisor is responsible for ensuring that the 5.5.2 assigned Craftsmen understand the maintenance activity work scope and applicable procedures and/or written instructions prior-to turning over the work package for work.
5.5.3 The Foreman / Supervisor is responsible for. ensuring Radiation Work Permits (RWPs) are.in ' place as required to support- the
' maintenance activity. ,
1 5.5.4 The Foreman / Supervisor is responsible for obtaining required i clearance and/or test tag to start maintenance activities by ) submitting Clearance Request / Authorization Form, as prepared by the Maintenance Planner, to the Shift Supervisor. 5.5.5 When maintenance activities involve more than one. shift, it is
,the responsibility of the Foreman coming off shift and the l Foreman coming on shift to ensure there is a clear understanding of the activity status and that related clearances and permits are properly signed over as applicable, j 5.5.6 . The' Foreman / Supervisor _shall process work scope changes as defined below: ,
5.5.6.1 Work scope changes which' affect'the original intent of the work scope require that the work ] package be revised. The work package shall be returned to Planning for. revision, consideration of retest requirements, and reapproval as required. Revised work packages are required, as a minimum, for the following: a o The actual work scope required breaking a hardware / system boundary not spccified in tne original scope. o The actual work scope requires working on more components than planned in the original work scope. This includes work on hangers, snubbers, and solid restraints. o The actual. work scope involves a clearance boundary change. o The actual work scope uncovered a non-conformance on accordance with QAP 17. e i 1
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION N. UMBER: MAP-0002-REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE PAGE 9 0F 11 f 5.5.6.2 Work scope changes which do not affect the intent of the work scope can be made as a minor change, by the Foreman. Minor changes require concurrence of the cognizant Maintenance ' Supervisor, Maintenance Engineer, or the Leaf Planner. Quality's concurrence is required if the initial work package requires Quality's review. Examples of minor changes to work packages g include the following: . o Addition of detail to provide further direction to a task i already covered. o Deletion of unneeded or redundant steps. (Reasons shall'be explained and documented.) c, o Minor corrections of original data to reflect design i documents. Planning shall be notified of these corrections l to enable resolution and to prevent recurrence. 5.5.6.3 Work scope changes to work package for the purpose of clarifying < the work scope only may be made by the Foreman without I concurrence. This includes correcting typos, and restating task , descriptions to enable better Craf t understanding.
.5.5.6.4 The cognizant Maintenance Supervisor, Maintenance Engineer, or Lead Planner shall identify the applicable method of processing the work scope change for those changes where it is not clear as defined above.
5.5.6.5 Work scope changes which involve a design document change shall be completed in accordance with NEP 4109. 5.5.7 The Foreman / Supervisor is responsible for ensuring all inspection results have been recorded prior to submitting work packages for closure. 5.6 Maintenance Craft 5.6.1 During the performance of.a maintenance activity, the assigned Craftsman shall document any additional conditions or problems requiring attention. , 5.6.2 The assigned Craf tsman is responsible for ensuring that the original work package for the maintenance activity is at the work site. This does not include minor maintenance completed on ~. blanket work requests. -
d SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION , NUMBER: MAP-0002 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE PAGE 10 0F 11 5.6.2.1 Planning will retain a backup original copy of the Work Package for use as required. 5.6.3 The assigned craftsman is responsible for notifying the Quality Control (QC) Inspector and/or support personnel at each inspection point listed in the work package. The maintenance activity cannot continue until " hold" points have been completed and signed off by the QC Inspector, or the OC Inspector has given authorization to proceed without completion of the inspection. 5.6.4 The assigned Craftsman is responsible for completing all safety related maintenance activities in accordance with approved procedures or written instructions in the sequence written. If, for any reason, the activity cannot be successfully completed in accordance with the prescribed procedures or written instructions, work shall cease, and his/her Supervisor shall be notified and consulted for resolution. 5.6.5 The assignee Craf tsman shall ensure all industrial saf ety requirements are adhered to during the performance of the maintenance activity. J4o work shall be performed in an unsafe manner. Unsafe conditions shall be reported to the Foreman / Supervisor for resolution. 5.6.6 The assigned Craftsman is responsible for documenting the maintenance activity status throughout the course of the activity. 5.6.7 When called out in the maintenance package that some of the procedure steps are not applicable to the maintenance activity, the assigned Craftsman is responsible for denoting the steps as not applicable by initialing them and including an explanation. 5.6.8 The assigned Craftsman is responsible for adhering to housekeeping and cleanliness requirements during performance of maintenance activities. 5.6.9 The assigned Craftsman is responsible for working within clearance boundaries during the performance of maintenance activities. 5.6.10 The assigned Craftsman is responsible for working within Radiation Work Permit limitations during the performance of maintenance activities.
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0002 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMIh1STRATIVE PROCEDURE PAGE 11 0F 11 5.6.11 TheassignedCraftsmanisresponsibleforthequalktyofthework being performed as measured by specified acceptance standards. 5.6.12 The assigned Craftsman is responsible for stopping the work ef fort at any time the work activity can not be performed as defined with the work package. The Craf tsman shall inform his/her Foreman / Supervisor of the change of scope. l l 5.6.13 Upon completion of the specified work, the assigned Craftsman I shall: 5.6.13.1 Ensure cleanliness of the work site. 5.6.13.2 Ensure return of all tools and unused materials. 5.6.13.3 Ensure completion of the activity is documented in detail on the l work request or surveillance procedure as applicable. Include reference of all procedures, material, and measuring and test equipment. 5.6.14 The assigned Craftsman is responsible for signing and printing his na'me on he work request and surveillance procedure I' documentation as the person performing the work. 6.0 RECORDS None 7.0 ATTACHMENTS None END
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0003 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL PAGE 1 0F 24 LEAD DEPARTMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE :
- WRITING GUIDE FOR MAINTENANCE, MAINTENANCE TEST. AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES 07-02-87
%AQCLJ' MAINTENANCEMANAGENate PRC Review Required [ ] YES [X] NO Quality Review Required [X] YES [ ] NO SCOPE OF REVISION:
NEW PROCEDURE l l FOR N!0RWAT 01 DN_Y
a SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: PAP-0003 MAINTENANCE; ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL' REVISION: O PAGE 2 OF 24
.i
- 1.0 PURPOSE This. procedure provides guidelines for writing of maintenance, test and calibration procedures. It specifies the format and organization for such procedures: and prescribes minimum content
+ of' headings in the procedures, as bases for review and approval. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to preparation of all maintenance, test, and calibration procedures under cognizance of the Nuclear j Maintenance Manager. Procedures produced prior to the effective i date of this procedure shall be brought into compliance when i revised or subjected to biennial review.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 INPO 85-026', " Writing Guideline for Maintenance, Test', and
-Calibration Procedures"
~
3.2 'PDAP.0002, " Plant Department Procedure Preparation, Review, and i Approval" 3.3 RSAP-0502, " Rancho Seco Procedure Control" 3.4 RSAP-0508, " Procedure Coverage Requirements and Adherence Policy" l 4.0 ' DEFINITIONS 4.1 Maintenance Procedures define the policies and practices by which structures and mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation and control systems and components thereof are kept efficient and in i good repair so that they perform their intended functions. 4.2 Test Procedures are used for determining the ability of an item 1 or system to meet specified requirements by subjecting it to a set of physical, chemical, environmental, or operating , conditions. .This classification includes procedures for periodic l or surveillance testing to verify that structures, systems, and components are able to function. t 4.3 Calibration Procedures are used for performing periodic testing and calibration of instrumentation and control systems. This . i l classification includes procedures and periodic calibration of measuring and test equipment used in maintenance activities. i I
L , i SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION. . NUMBER: MAP-0003 L MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: 0 PAGE 3 0F 24
- . '5.0 ' PROCEDURE i
5.1- PROCEDURE IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 5.1.1 Each procedure shall be identified uniquely by a procedure number consisting of a two- or three-letter-designator for the type of procedure,'and a three- or four-digit sequence number. The number of-digits in the sequence number depends on whether the last digit is an alphabetical designator such as "A" or "B" for identical types of components. (See P0AP-0020, " Conduct of Activities - Maintenance" for listing of types of procedures and their designators.) Examples: ET-177 A Part of Sequence Number indicating A or B train of component Sequence Number
!'TJ __ Type of Procedure (Electrical Test) 1[-0011 Sequence Number Type of Procedure (I&C Calibration) 5.1.2 Every procedure shall have a cover sheet to show, as a minimum, the procedure title and revision number, the preparer, the approval signature (s) and date, the effective date, and a designation as being " Safety-Related" or "Non Safety-Related."
(See Figure 1 for Sample Cover Sheet) 5.1. 3 Revisions to procedures shall be noted by change bars on the right margin corresponding to lines where text has changed. 5.1. 3.1 Only the latest revisions shall be marked; previous revision bars shall be removed. 5.1.3.2 The revision number shall be designated with two digits. Numbers below 10 shall be noted with a preceding zero; e.g. 04 _--u-__
- ~ -
SMUD, NUCLEAR.0RGANIZAT[0'N NUMBER: MAP-0003 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL- REVISION: 0-PAGE 4 0F 24 5.2 PROCEDURE' FORMAT . 5.2.1 A single-column text format is preferred except for diagnostic-type procedures, which may be in a two-column text format. The type of format is determined by the writer and concurred with by the designated approver,Lbased on expected use. 5.2.1.1 Page layout specifications for single-column text are presented in Figure 2.
- 5. 2.1. 2 Page layout specifications for two-column text are presented in-Figure 3, 5.2.2 Instruction steps shall be numbered in the sequence necessary to accomplish the task, and indented as shown in Figures 2 and 3.
Only subtask steps shall be indented, asLdisplayed in Section 5.3.3 below. 5.3 PROCEDURE ORGANIZATION 5.3.1 The procedure shall be organized to support the flow of work to be done by: defining the task (s), preparing for and performing the task (s), verifying satisfactory accomplishment of the task (s), and specifying what is to be done after completing the s) task (s). - 5.3.2 The first page of-the procedure after the cover sheet shall have the title of the procedure centered at the top. Section headings shall be as follows:
.1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 A section is provided to describe the purpose of the procedure and identify the major tasks and equipment covered by the procedure.
1.2 Discussion
Clarify and expand, purpose 2.0 SCOPE The following subsection headings are used as appropriate to ensure comprehensive planning and preparation to perform the task (s). ___,_nn= . , - . . , -
cd i SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION
- NUMBER: MAP-0003 l
. MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: O PAGE S OF 24 5.3.2 (Continued) 2.1 Personnel Requirements This'section is used when a specific skill 1evel is needed, unusual training must be completed prior to performing the procedure, or when more than two people are required to perform the procedure.
2.2 References j. l References that are referred to in the instructions are I identified in this section. References used to write the j procedure but not needed to support the conduct of the j procedure are listed and stored in the procedure file in 1 document control. I 2.3 Prerequisites Equipment, system conditions, or pretask steps that must be met or completed before the procedure is performed will be identified. a' 2.4 Precautions All safety requirements that must be met before the , procedure is performed or potential hazards and special j conditions that may be encountered during the performance of the procedure will be specified. . 1 2.5 Special Tools. Test Eauioment. and Supolies I i Special tools not carried routinely by the procedure user, { test equipment, contaminated tools, and supplies needed to perform the procedure will be identified. The phrase "or equivalent" is not to be used. l 2.6 Replacement Parts { 1 If the procedure involves the replacement of parts, they will be identified by manuf acturer, part description and j number, quantity required, spare parts item number.
3.0 REFERENCES
- 4.0 DEFINITIONS
, m . u a. . j' h NUMBER: MAP-0003 SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION' L REVISION: 0
' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUALL PAGE 6 ~OF 24 5.3.2 (Continued) 5.0 PROCEDURE-1The section heading of INSTRUCTIONS is used with the following subtask headings as appropriate:
5.1 Isolation This subtask'section is used when the component.' subsystem or system has to be diverted'from11ts: normal performance in order to accomplish the procedure task (s). 5.2 Removal' 1This subtask section is'used when the component has to be physically detached from.its present location in order to accomplish'the procedure task (s). 5.3 Disassembl.y This' subtask section is used when the component needs tolbe
' disassembled.
5.4 Cleanino and Surface Preparation This subtask section is used when. unusual cleaning methods or uurface preparation is required. 5.5 Inspection ' s This subtask section is'used to present inspection methods and criteria instructions. J 5.6 Lubrication l Th'is subtask section is used to provide specific lubrication ! instructions to include lubricant specifications. l 5.7 Reoair. Overhaul . and/or Rebuilding .] ; This subtask section provides the instructions for either of the following subtasks: 1
. Repair - the restoration of a component to a usable l
condition I 1
q
.i
[ SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0003
' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION:- 0 PAGE 7 0F 24-
. S.3.2 (Continued)
- Overhaul - the restoration of a component to a completely serviceable condition
- . Rebuild - the restoration of a component to a condition which is in accordance with mar.ufacturer's standards
$8 Adiustment and/or Alignment This subtask section provides instructions for either of the following subtasks:
. Adjustment - setting the ooerating characteristics to a prescr ibed pararaeter
+ Alignment - bringing of ~ cr uiponent parts, operating characteristics or other teriables into precise adjustment.
5.9 Calibration 1/ This subtask sect 4on provides instructions on the comparison and alignment of the performance or. characteristics of an instrument with a certified standard. 5.10 Assembiv This subtask section should be used when the disassembly subtask section is used to provide specific instructions on assembling the component. These instructions could be in another procedure which could be referenced. 5.11 Installation This subtask section should be used when the removal subtask section is used. It provides specific instructions on installing the removed component or its spare. These instructions could be in another procedure which could be referenced. 6.0 TASK VERIFICATION The following subsection headings are used as appropriate: 4 O u e -am w e ,&.s _ . _ - _ - - - - ._ - . - _ - . _ - _ - - _ _ - - - - - -
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0003 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: O PAGE 8 0F 24 5.3.2 (Continued) 6.1 Testino Requirement
~.This sub'ection s provides the testing requirements and testing instructions to verify task accomplishment.
6.2 Acceptance Criteria This subsection is used to specify the acceptance limits required to evaluate the acceptability of the completed task. 7.0 RESTORATION The following subsection headings will be used as ] appropriate: 7.1 Final Conditions This subsection is used to specify the final conditions that. must be established at the completion of the task. 7.2 Fol'10w-on Tasks - This subsection is used when additional tasks specified in other procedures. need to be conducted to reach the desired ; objective of the maintenance, test, and calibration ' procedures. 7.3 Return to Service This subsection is used to provide specific instructions to return the component, subsystem or system or service. 8.0 RECORDS The following sub section heading will be used as appropriate: :) 8.1 Disposition i This sub section is used to specify what is to be done with the completed procedure and/or attachments. 9.0 ATTACHMENTS i
. i l
4
...----__m_ ___-~.,___2_. m.____
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION- NUMBER: MAP-0003 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION:- 0 PAGE 9 0F 24 l, 5.3.3 Arabic numerals shall-be used for numbering sections and subsections in the following decimal format. 1,0 SECTION HEADING'(All caps and underlined) 2.0 SECTION HEADING 2.1 TASK HEADING (All caps) 2,2 TASX HEADING 2.2.1 Subtask Headino (Initial caps and underlined) 2.2.2 Subtask (Non-heading subtasks are as normal sentences) 5.3.4 Parallel construction for paragraphs in each section and subsection will be used. 5.4 WRITING INSTRUCTIONAL STEPS 5.4.1 Instruction steps will be short and concise. Their level of detail will be based on the anticipated user's skill. General rules to be used in meeting these objectives are as follows: ,
. Instruction steps should deal with only one idea.
f' . Short,' simple sentences should be used in' place of long, compound, or complex sentences.
. ' Complex, infrequent or error-prone evolutions should be prescribed in'more detail with a series of steps, with each step made as simple as practical.
. ' Objects of verbs should be stated specifically. This includes identification of what is to be accomplished and to what, and by whom if applicable.
. For instructional steps that involve an action verb relating to three or more objects, the objects will be listed. When there are more than five obje.ts, they will be listed in j subgroups with no more than five to a subgroup. Space will j be provided for check off as appropriate.
{ 1
. Limits should be expressed . quantitatively whenever possible (refer to Subsection 5.15)
. Mandatory sequence of steps is assumed unless otherwise stated. !
j
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0003 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: .0 PAGE 10 0F 24 4 5.4.1 (Continued)
. Identification _of components and parts shall be complete.
Identification used in procedures should be identical to the name and number.of the equipment tag. If there is no tag, use.the description and number in the engineering lists.
. Instruction content ~ should be written.to communicate clearly. I
. Expected results of routine tasks nee:1 not be stated.
. When an action is considered routine or standard practice (skill of the craft) of the least experienced intended users, detailed procedural steps need not be prescribed.
5.4.2 Conditional statements and logic termt such as AND OR, NOT, IF IF NOT, WHEN, and THEN are of ten necessary to descri6e a set of, conditions or sequence of actions precisely. When conditional statements with logic terms are used, they will be highlighted so all conditions are clear to the user. Emphasis will be achieved by capitalizing and underlining all letters of.the logic term. Action instructions will follow the conditional statement. ") 5.4.2.1 The use of AND and QR within the same action shall is avoided. When AND and QR are used together, meaning can be very ambiguous. 5.4.2.2 Use conditional statements and logic terms as follows:
. When attention should be called to combinations of i conditions, the word AND shall be placed between the description of each condition. The word AND shall not be used to join more than two conditions.
. If three or more conditions need to be joined, a list format shall be used, listing the conditions prior to and separate from the action.
. The work OR shall be used when calling attention to alternative combinations of conditions. The use of the word OR shall be in the inclusive' sense. To specify the exclusive '0R," the following may be used: "either A GR 8, but not both."
. When action steps depend on certain conditions or
, combinations of conditions, the step shall begin with the I words IF or WHEN, followed by a description of the condition or conditions (the antecedent), a comma, and the word THEN, followed by the action to be taken (the consequent).
*'N**-
- _ _ _ _ _ ~~E.1_____________________-_____.______.__.____._'__
l! SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0003 MAINT NANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: O PAGE 11 0F 24 1 5.4.2.2 (Continued) WHEN is used for an expected condition. JF, F is used for an unexpected but possible condition. d
. Use of IF NOT should be limited to th'ose cases in which the user must respond to the second of two possible conditions.
JfF. should be used to specify the first condition. <
. THEN shall not be used at the end of an action step to instruct the user to perform the next step, as it runs actions together. s 5.4.3 Cautionary information can be considered in two fundamental categories: those that apply to personnel injury, and those that apply to equipment damage or affect plant operations adversely.
Those that apply to personnel injury are called " WARNINGS." Those that apply to ecuipment damage or that affect operations adversely are called " CAUTIONS." Both are placed immediately before the procedural steps to which they apply with warnings listed first. They also may be repeated in the " PRECAUTION"
.. section of the procedure if preplanning or early awareness is
( required. - 5.4.3.1 CAUTIONS and WARNINGS shall extend across the entire page and shall be highlighted with a line of asterisks above and below the
~
caution. This placement of CAUTIONS and WARNINGS helps ensure that the procedure user observes the caution before performing the step. The WARNINGS and CAUTIONS and the impacted step will appear on the same page. 5.4.3.2 A CAUTION or WARNING cannot be used instead of an instructional step. It shall be used to denote potential hazard to equipment ; or personnel associated with or consequent to the subsequent j instructional step (s). j 5.4.3.3 If additional information other than CAUTIONS or WARNINGS is required for an action instruction, a NOTE should be used. A NOTE should present information only, not instructions, and should be located ahead of and as close to the applicable I instruction as possible. i 5.5 CALCULATIONS k 5.5.1 The need for mathematical calculations should be minimized. If a value must be determined to perform a procedural step, a chart or i graph should be used whenever possible. Space will be provided l in the procedure to perform calculations, with needed l mathematical constants provided. i i 1 l I
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0003 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: 0 PAGE 12 0F 24 l 5.6 REFERENCING OTHER PROCEDURES OR STEPS 5.6.1 Referencing other procedures or steps implies.that those procedures or steps are supplements to the procedure being used. Referencing other procedures to complete a task or other steps within the procedure being used should be minimized. When only a e few steps are involved, they should be provided rather than M referenced. 5.7 COORDINATING ACTIONS 5.7.1 When coordinated actions of two or more persons are required to perform a step (s),' the procedure will indicate this via a
" NOTE." The note also shall indicate the person responsible for coordination and the means of communication to be used. The procedure will be written for the person responsible for coordinating procedure performance.
5.8 VERIFICATION PROVISIONS 5.8.1 Verification provisions such as Check Off Lists and Hold Points shall be used as necessary to document status of equipment. The instruction " Restore system to initial configuration" or reference' to previous instructions will not be used.
~
5.8.2 If a series of valve, switch, or breaker manipulations are required (e.g., isolation, test set up, restoration), a Check Off List will be prepared. Each item to be manipulated will be listed, the position will be specified, and provision for check off or initial will be provided as shown in the following example. 11.1.10 Verify following relays are de-energized: 932-14A-KSA 932-10A-K5 A 932-14 A-K6 A ' 32-10 A-K6 A J 932-14 A-K58 932-10A-K58 932-14A-K6B 932-10A-K6B 5.8.3 When a hold point, such as for Quality Control (QC) or Radiation Protection, or a second-party inspection or verification is required, clearly designated spaces for entering signature, dates, and values (if necessary) will be provided, as follows:
e 1) SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER * . MAP-0003 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: .0' PAGE 13 '0F 24 HOLO POINT 11.2.15 Take dial indicator reading and record: Initials QC Inspector-t Date Reading;.
.c 5.8.4 ' Procedure signoff -lists and log entries should ber used to confirm-and document completion of steps,.and whenever subsequent-determination of equipment or system status.is desired.
5.8.5 A " SAMPLE SIGNOFF INITIALS LIST" shall be included in all
' procedures requiring signoffs. The' list shall provide space for
.the printed name, organization, and sample initials of all personnel who sign-(initial) the procedure steps.
5.9= LOCATION INFORMATION 5 . 9 .1. When the. component'to be worked on is:used infrequently, is -l
. unlabeled. has poor access or is difficult to find, location information should-be.given in parentheses following the l identification. !
[ 5.10 -COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
]
5.10.1 The:following rules regarding identification' of components are to :) be-followed- 1 i
' Identification of equipment will match' the engraved names on-
~
the equipment. If no name is displayec' onLthe equipment use the name identified in interf acing engineering documents such as engineering lists,' drawings, technical manuals,
~
training materials,4 or in common usage. Avoid ambiguous 1 names. )
- When names and numbers on panel placards and alarm windows j
'are specific items of concern in the procedure, the names should be quoted verbatim and emphasized by using all , i capitals. !
. The names of plant system titles are emphasized by initial !
capitalization . When the word " system".is deleted from the l title because of brevity and is understood because of the context, the title also is emphasized by initial i 4 , capitalization.
- 0 :
{ .' ' l
= = _ = - .~ - - - - - - .
I i SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0003 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: O PAGE 14 0F 24 5.11 PRINTED AIDS 5.11.1 When information is presented using data sheets, graphs, charts, tables, and figures, these aids must be self-explanatory, legible, readable under expected conditions of use, and within the reading capability of the user. Ensure graph characteristics suit user needs and that units do not require conversion. 5.11.2 These aids should be integrated with the procedure N xt, if 2 possible. If they cannot be integrated,-they should be presented i as Attachments or Figures and referenced in the text. Every t ! effort should be made to have data sheets and tables appear with , l their corresponding text. ,, ! 5.11.3 Units of measure on figures," tables, and attachments should representobservedmeasupemstdataorcalculatedresults. Engineering units shall we used and setpoints with tolerance bands expressed as follows: 15 f t-lbs (14-16) . A virgule should be used is tead of "per" (e.g. , f thec,4ts/hr) . <
- .s 5.11.4 Capitali2ation should be used for references to tables an,d -*
/ figures, titles of tables, figures within text mqterial, and !
column headings within a table. Examples: Refer to Figure 201 for . . . ['
. . . as shown in Table 2M, Equipment Power Supplies, the .' . . . 1 5.11.5 Sequential Arabic numbers should be assigned to tables and j attachments in separate series. The sequence should correspond I with the order of reference in the text. The symbol "#" and l abbreviation "No." are unnecessary Md wi31 not be used; the f .
I number alone suffices. 5.11.6 Page identification for attachm nts should consin of a olock of information that identifies ( U procedure number, q'!) tttachme it
> number, (3) page number, and (4) revision number. Page numbering , ,
of attachments shall be "Page of . l 5.11.7.t Foldout Pages may be used for oversized material. When used, a , fcidout page is treated as a single page, ,It should follow the I same format as a standard page, except the. width is different. i The page should be folded so a small margin exists between the' fold and the right-hand edge of standard pages to reduce . wear on the folded edge. I
I-i SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP- 0003 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: O PAGE 15 0F 24 5.11.8- Oversize pages should not be used. They should be reorganized or reduced to a standard page or a foldout page. 5.11.9 Reductions of pages may be used to fit a standard page. Reduced pages must be readable. 5.11.10 Data sheets should be integrated into the procedure to assist the user in obtaining the required information. Instructions for obtaining the data are presented in the instruction section of the procedure. Acceptance criteria or allowed value band will be presented on the data sheet. Calibration procedure data sheets must also include calibration due dates for equipment used and columns marked "as found" and "as.left.' i 5.12 USE OF ILLUSTRATIONS i 5.12.1 Illustrations may be used if they will help communicate the
% technical content of a procedure to the user. The ill: trations 3(: / will be compatible with the level of information detail of the procedure text and-should be integrated with the text whenever 3 4-f l'i possible. If the illustration cannot be integrated, it should be presented as an Attachment.
o I( I 5.13 MECHANICS OF STYLE 4e 5.13.1 Spelling should be consistent with modern usage. When a choice of spelling is offered by a dictionary, the first spelling should' be used.( 5.13.'2 Hyphens are used to break words and betwets elements of a compound word when appropriate. The following rules should be followed for hyphenation: L' . Breaking of words should be avoided
,e <
. Hyphens should be used in the following cases:
when two or more words express a single concept
-- when large numbers must be spelled out, use a hyphen to 1 'a '
connect a word ending in "-ty" with another word, e.g., fifty-nine p i , --- in f ractions, e.g. , one-half, two-thirds
- in' compounds with "self," e.g., self-contained,
' ./ self-lubricated f-f o
.N 6;(*
7 p
l l l SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0003 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: O PAGE 16 0F 24
--- to avoid confusion with another word, e.g , re-cover to prevent confusion with recover, pre position to avoid confusion with preposition
-- when a letter is linked with a noun, e.g., X-ray, 0-ring, U-bolt, I-beam -
-- to separate chemical elements and their atomic weight, e.g., Uranium-235, U-235 5.13.3 Punctuation should be used to aid reading and prevent misunderstanding. Use short concise sentences with a minimum of punctuation; avoid including several steps in long sentences or paragraphs. Punctuation should be in accordance with the following rules.
5.13.3.1 Brackets shall not be used. 5.13.3.2 Use colons to indicate that a list of items is to follow (e.g., Restore cooling flow as-follows:). 5.13.3.3 Use'of many commas is a-sign the instruction is too complex and w needs to be rewritten. Therefore, evaluate the number of commas ) to ensure the instruction does not involve too many conditional phrases. . 5.13.3.4 . Parentheses shall be used to indicate alternative items in a procedure, instruction, or equipment numbers.
- 5.13.3.5 Use periods at the end of sentences and for indicating the .
decimal place in numbers. 5.14 VOCABULARY 5.14.1 Words used in procedures should convey precise understanding to the trained person. The following rules apply:
. Use simple, short words of few syllables.
. Use " common use" terms if it makes the procedure easier to understand and will not result in identification errors.
- Use words that are concrete rather than vague, specific rather than general, familiar rather than formal, precise rather than blanket.
4
y ; l M M g . yk y.
,.. Jf.'N' .p ; [1
' x
- x'c n [w\
, .g . , 7. s'
=n. -
,,1 3.
, o , ,. . .,4 . ,rt 9,,
p s e s 3 '.
,4- ]:g tyf 3 4 ,
-'- - '< v w ;
,~ 3 1 9.. ,
- p. . k g
%- v- SED, NUC'.ff.R, ORGNu ZATTON -. NUMBEk: . MAP-0003
,yb.
. . c l'!V!SION:
' SAINTEliMiCC ADMINISTRt(C M 'OCEDURE FMUAL 0
h 4 t
+-
t b : . MGE 17 0F 24 c, i (f ,
"l N '
s L .? C ssdse ., Define key wrus that may be understood in nore than one i4 , m f" y 3
's ; ..
. . Verbs V th specific inds try meaning shouNi he used, reamples are listed in Table 1.
s
.,( '
y s
' y ' 7..
,,I
- s' s
- / 'y 'Tq.,
i
+
3 s '*r ') 's t t i N } jY . I,, s r L.'
\
b {.y i k.
'l
$ ',/ \ .
,r-( ,'+-'
i' ,. g g.y .- .s g
\
%. /
- r .. .. < -
l' ' / '
.g gh 5 .' .
[<*
'4 s .
i t ?! l,s 1"
^
i1 t s - e ,.[4 y ;- ]4 .
't ,f *t
* .., 9 f '. ,5 /i i
-q} k( , _ y (-
4 ,s . A, ( ;* y , s\ 11 5 ,
..{- \ <! ,
0... ,
*y,~
\..
4
, s
,g ' s g g i *
%,,i.s i.3
*5 e t , ', h !
c
'k %
c y c
'g
*(
s ,
,\ '(, g ,
'g 1P \ ( I'
-s s
( 4 g e ( t T g \ k $ g
%*, f g
.# (
. t
% h ?
':8 y
_ (_ v' s .s .
\, L e I.
R
~%
/ w
}'
$ .h
.1 Y
a-. .
+ ^'
SMUD, NUCLEAR 0RGANItZATION-NUMBER: MAP-0003
-MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL- REVISION:- 0 l PAGE 18 0F 24 TABLE 1. ACTION VERBS
. - Verb- ADD 11 cation-Allow to permit a stated condition' to be achieved prior. to proceeding, for example, " allow discharge pressure'to stabilize" Check. to perform.a comparison with a procedural requirement, for example, " check if SI can be terminated" Close to change the physical position of a mechanical device so.it prevents physical access 'or flow or permits. passage of electrical current, for example, "close valve IFP142" Complete - to accomplish specified procedural requirements, for example,
" complete; valve checkoff list A," " complete data report QA-1,"
" complete steps 7 through 9'of Section III" Decrease Do not us_e,because of oral. communication problems; use " lower" as a substitute
- l Ensure to make sure by taking necessary/ appropriate actions Establish to make arrangements'for a' stated condition,-for example, ,
" establish communication with control room" 1
- Increase Do not use because of oral communication problems; use " raise" as a substitute Inspect to measure, observe,'or evaluate a feature or characteristic for i comparison with specified limits; method of inspection should be included, for example, " visually inspect for leaks" l 1.ower to decrease or make less, as in length level or amount Open to change the physical position of a mechanical device, such as- i valve or door to the unobstructed position that permits access or.
flow, for example, "open valve IFP143" l Raise to increase or make more, as in length, level or amount Record to document specified condition or characteristic, for example,
" record discharge pressure"-
4 4 9 u.__m___m___.___._____m. _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ________________.m_ _ _ . _ _ _
L .. SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0003 MAINTENANCE. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: O PAGE 19 0F 24 TABLE 1. ACTION VERBS Verb ADDlication Set to physically adjust an adjustable feature, to a'specified ' value, for example, " set diesel speed to rpm" Sta rt ' to originat'e motion of'an electric or mechanical device directly or.by remote control, for example, " start pump" Stop to terminate operation,'for example, "stop pump"
^ Throttle to operate a valve in an intermediate. position to obtain a certain flow rate, for example, " throttle valve. IFP140 to "
Trip to manually activate a semi-automatic feature, for example,
" trip breaker -"
Vent to' permit a gas or liquid confined under pressure to escape at a vent, for example, " vent pump" Verify to observe an expected condition or characteristic, for example, " verify discharge pressure is stable" l i s
.m.. . . . _ . . . . , _ .
4 i l I I SMUD', NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0003 ; MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: 0 PAGE 20 0F 24
~
5.15 NUMERICAL VALUES l , 5.15.1 The use of numerical values should be consistent with the 3 following rules: j j
. Arabic numerals should be used.
. For numbers less than one,'the decimal point should be l preceded by a zero (e.g., 0.1). {
. The number of significant digits should be equal to the I number of significant digits available from the' display and j the reading precision of the measuring equipment. '
1
- Acceptance values should be specified so addition and subtraction by the user is avoided, if possible. This generally.can be done by stating acceptance values as limit:
(e.g. , 510*F maximum, 300 'ps.ig minimum, 580* to 600*F) . For calibration points, statement-of the midpoint and lower and upper limits for each data cell would accomplish the same purpose (e.g. ,10_ mil 11 amperes (9.5 to 10.5)) . Avoid using t.
. Engineering units always should be specified for numerical values of process variables. They should be the same as those used on the calibrated tools-test equipment and control room displays (e.g., psig instead of psi).
5.16 ABBREVIATIONS, LETTER SYMBOLS, AND ACRONYMS 5.16.1 The use of abbreviations should be minimized, as they may be confusing to those not thoroughly familiar with them. Abbreviations may be used both to save time and space and if their_ meaning is unquestionably clear. The full meaning of the abbreviation should be written before the first use of the abbreviation in each procedure. Consistency should be maintained throughout the procedure. 5.16.2 Capitalization of abbreviations should be uniform. .If the abbreviation is comprised of lowercase letters, it should appear lowercased in a title or heading. The period should be omitted in abbreviations, except in cases when the omission would result in confusion. 1
t . SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0003 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL . REVISION: O PAGE 21 0F 24-5.16.3 .L'tter e symbols may be used to represent operations, quantities, elements, relations, and qualities. 5.16.4 Acronyms may'be used.if they are: defined before their first use. An acronym is a symbol formed by the initial letter or letters of each major part of a compound term.. - 5.16.5 Abbreviations, symbols and acronyms should not be overused. Their use should benefit the reader by saving reading time, ensuring clarity when space is limited, and communicating mathematical ideas. 6.0 RECORDS None 7.0 ATTACHMENTS None; however, this procedure contains three figures:
./ - Figure 1. Sample Maintenance' Division Procedure Cover Sheet Figure 2. Single Column Text Layout Figure 3. Two Column Text Layout 1
I l i l e ... * - - * - .J
c 4 SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION. NUMBER: MAP-0003 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: 0- , PAGE 22 0F 24 ' RANCHO SECO MAINTENANCE DIVISION PROCEDURE Rev' j. PROCEDURE NUMBER TITLE: , DISCIPLINE PREPARED BY APPROVED BY Date EFFECTIVE DATE This procedure contains _h es A Attachments M Figures SAFETY-RELATED \ (or NON SAFETY-RK Figure 1. SAMPLE MAINTENANCE DIVISION PROCEDURE COVER SHEET
\!
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NL'MBER : MAP-0003 i MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION: 0 I PAGE 23 0F 24 I i ) 3 Lines v EM-0117 10 . Rev. 2 3 Lines Page 2 13 8 Lines (For 2nd Page Lines and beyond v EM-0117 Rev. 2 only) J L. FUNCTIONAL TEST OF MOTOR OPERATE 0 VALVES V 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 16 spaces Text begins here. Describe why task is performed and the type of equipment it applies to. 2.0 TASK PREPARATION 2.1 Personnel Requirements f 2.2 References 2.3 Prerequisites 2.3.1 Reactor in hot standby status. 2.3.2 Breaker tripped and tagged out. 3.0 INSTRUCTIONS l 3.1 REMOVAL OF ACTUATOR 3.1.1 Remove retaining screw, etc. m 21 spaces Figure 2 SINGLE COLUMN TEXT LAYOUT e I
-_________-_m__________.,____ , , _ _ , _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ , _ , _ _ _ _ ,
D
SMUD, NUCLEAR-ORGANIZATION . NUMBER: MAP-0003 > MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL REVISION:- 0 PAGE 24 0F 24 ) 3 lines u .EM-0117 Lines Revi 2 a r._., .3.0 INSTRUCTIONS. 3.1- Task Title
-16 H Spaces a. ' Prescribed Action a. Response 65 spaces 1/2" ;
Margin t I i i Figure 3 TWO COLUMN TEXT LAYOUT e - - - - - - ~ ~ ~ ~ - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
5 MUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0004 MAINTENANCE ~ ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES- REVISION: O PAGE 1 0F '10 ' LEAD DEPARTMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE CONTROL OF ON-SITE 07-02-87.- Maintenance CONTRACTOR AND VENDOR PERSONNEL z 91 s u - Maintenance Manaa h Date 9 PRC Review Required [ ]'YES [X] N0' QA Review Required [X] YES [-] NO i SCOPE OF REVISION r
-i NEW PROCEDURE I
i l l* 9 20R IN70RMAT DN ON.Y L - . . .. .
I SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0004 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REVISION: O PAGE 2 0F 10 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To provide administrative controls and training requirements for contractor and vendor personnel working within the Maintenance Depa rtment.
1.2 Discussion
This procedure ensures personnel working at the Rancho Seco site are trained and knowledgeable of the procedures, policies, and regulations of the Maintenance Department. l 2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure applies to all contract and vendor personnel providing assistance to the Maintenance Department in areas such as repairs, modifications, non-destructive testing, inservice inspection, consulting services, etc. 2.2 This procedure does not apply to contract clerical personnel ; working within the Maintenance Department. 1
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 ANSI /N 18.1-1975, Selection and Training of Nuclear Power Plant Personnel - 3.2 ANSI /ANS 3.1-1978, Standard for Qualification and Training of Personnel for Nuclear Power Plants 3.3 USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.8, Personnel Selection and Training 3.4 Rancho Seco Techn'ical Specifications 6.3.1 3.5 TDAP-7100, " Nuclear Training Records Control" 3.6 MAP-0015, " Maintenance Department Training" 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Vendor Personnel Personnel provided by the equipment supplier to perform a specific maintenance action on SMUD equipment t
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0004 j i MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REVISION: 0 PAGE 3 0F 10 4.2 Contract Maintenance Personnel Personnel provided by a contract company and are assigned to the Contract Maintenance Supervisor 4.3 Shop Contract Personnel Contract personnel hired to augment the shop technicians and assigned to the shop foreman or supervisor 4.4 Staff Contract Personnel Personnel hired to provide consulting and engineering services to the staff and do not do physical work on SMUD equipment ! i 4.5 On-the-Job Training (0JT) l SMUD training and qualification program to ensure that only experienced and properly trained personnel conduct physical work on SMUD power block equipment. 4.6 Contract Coordinator .( , Individual assigned to coordinate the arrival activities of contract or vendor personnel. 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 Responsibilities 5.1.1 The Maintenance Manager shall have overall responsibility for all contract maintenance work and services performed within the Maintenance Department. 5.1 2 The discipline Maintenance Superintendents shall determine the need for, and initiate action to acquire contract or vendor services to support the maintenance activities and shall.be responsible for ensuring that only properly certified personnel are conducting maintenance on SMUD equipment. 5 .1. 3 The Deputy Maintenance Manager shall designate a Contract Coordinator to coordinate and monitor the training and certification of contract and vendor personnel assigned to their disciplines. I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - - . _ , . __ _____m_____A_____ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ , _ _ _ , _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ y _ _ _ _ _ _,__ _ _ _ _
l SMUD,' NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0004
' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REVISION: O PAGE 4 0F 10
-5.1.4 The Contract Coordinator shall be responsible to ensure that:
~ 5.1.4.1 Appropriate procurement documents are submitted f'or contractor vendor services.
5.1.4.2 'The request for access. authorization is submitted to security in advance of the contractor or vendor's arrival to allow for orderly processing. 5.1.4.3 A point-of-contact and phone number is provided to the contract or vendor company for arriving personnel. 5 .1. 4 . 4 An escort is available if needed. 5.1.4.5 All contractor and vendor personnel receive indoctrination on the required topics listed in Attachment 7.1 of this procedure. 5.1.4.6 Designate which portions of Attachment 7.1 are required for each contractor or vendor on a case-by-case basis. 5.1.4.7 Ensure that the signed copy of Attachment 7.1 of this procedure is forwarded to Records Management for microfiche and storage. 5.1.4.8 OJT records be maintained on all contract and vendor personnel conducting unsupervised maintenance on SMUD equipment.
. l 5.1.4.9 Schedule Security Orientation, GET, and Dosimetry Issue, if l necessary.
5.1.5 The contract company or vendor company is responsible for l providing adequate documentation of the skill level, education and training of the personnel they supply to the site. 1 5.2 TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS _ 5.2.1 No contractor or vendor personnel shall be permitted to perform I unsupervised maintenance on any Rancho Seco equipment unless it ) has been determined that they have the same skills and trained to l the same level required of his/her SMUD counterpart. 5.2.2 Certification to perform unsupervised maintenance on Rancho Seco equipment shall include completing Attachment 7.1 and applicable portions of the OJT program for the task to be performed. I s _- _____m _ _ ____
I 1 ! SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0004 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REVISION: O PAGE 5 0F 10 5.2.3 Contractor and vendor personnel may conduct supervised maintenance on SMUD equipment if they have completed the applicable portions of Attachment 7.1 and are supervised by a technician certified by the 0JT program to do the task. The Contract Coordinator shall designate which portions of Attachment 7.1 are required. 5.2.4 All contract and vendor personnel shall receive the mandatory training outlined in Attachment 7.1 and document such training with Form TDF-0002 of TDAP-7100, " Nuclear Training Records Control". 6.0 RECORDS
;.1 The'following individual / packaged documents and copies of any related correspondence completed as a result of this procedure i are records. They shall be transmitted to Records Management using a Record Transfer Form. Each Records Transfer Form shall be clearly annotated in the Remarks Section as transmitting Quality Assurance or Non-Quality records. Prior to transmittal to Records Management, the sender shall assure that each record is
( packaged (when applicable), QA program requirements have been fulfilled, document is legible, completely filled out, adequately - identifiable to the item or activity involved, and is stamped, initialed, signed, or otherwise authenticated. Attachraent 7.1 Contractor or vendor training checklist 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Contractor or vendor training checklist (Attachment 1) 7.2 Contract and Vendor Personnel Activities Flowchart (Attachment 2) 7.3 Overtime Sunt.. cry Report 7.4 Weekly Overtime Summary Report t
. - _ _ _ . _ n _
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: . MAP-0004 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REVISION: OL PAGE 6 0F 10 ATTACHMENT 7.1
' Contractor or Vendor Training Checklist The below listed topics may be covered by a briefing conducted by knowledgeable. staff or shop personnel, by reading.the source documents, or by attending formal classroom training such'as General. Employee Training. The contractor or vendor shall initial and date each topic when completed. The Contract Coordinator shall insert N/A and initial and date 'any item npt required.
- 1. MAP-004, Control of On Site Contractor and Vendor Personnel /
Init / Date
- 2. AP.500, Emergency Plan (onsite and offsite assembly points) /
Init / Date
- 3. RSAP-0803, Work Request /
Init / .Date is . 1.
- 4. QAP-17, Nonconforming rol / )
% Init / Date j
- 5. AP.4A, Safe C ocedure Danger Tags /
Init / Date
- 6. AP.48,'Saf e Test Authorization Procedure /
Init / Date !
- 7. AP.22, Occurrence Description Reports /
Init / Date
- 8. AP.26, Abnormal Tag Procedure /
Init / Date 1
- 9. AP.26A, Temporary Modification Control / j Init / Date l
- 10. AP.30, Entrance Into Carbon Dioxide Fire Protected Zones / I Init / Date
].
- 11. MAP-0008, Calibration and Control of Measurement I and Test Equipment (M&TE) / l Init / Date e
e
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0004 MAINTENANCE' ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REVISION: O PAGE 7 0F 10 Attachment 7.1 (Continued)
- 12. AP.57, Shift Supervisor ~ Key Control /
Init / Cate
- 13. AP.78, Engineering Action Request /- __
Init ./ Date
- 14. AP.604, Tool Room / ____
Init / Date
- 15. AP.651, Oil Spill Prevention /
Init / Date
- 16. MAP-0011, Foreign Material Exclusion _,
/ l Init / Date
*17. Vital Area Access Control /
Init / Dats I
- 18. Shop Key Control' /
<hh Init / Date .
l (- -
- 19. On-the-Job Training P /
Init / Date
- 20. AP.305, Radiatio r equest /
Init / Date
- 21. AP.100-150, Process Standards / !
Init / Date j l
- 22. AP.303, Surveillance Program / i Init / Date
- 23. MAP-0009, Preventive Maintenance Program /
Init / Date
- 24. MAP-0001, " Maintenance Department Organization and Responsibilities /
Init / Date
- 25. MAP-0002, " Control of Maintenance Activities" /
Init / Date
- Mandatory for all contractors Reviewed By Contract Coordinator / Date 1
( L l x ( SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION- NUMBER: MAP-0004 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REVISION: 0. PAGE - 8 0F 10
~ ATTACHMENT 7.2 -
CONTRACT AND VENDOR PERSONNEL ACTIVITIES FLOWCHART ' l l DEPUTY.- 1. - Routes a Staffing Summary Report for. approval of MAINTENANCE personnel. MANAGER. 2. Assigns a . Contract Coordinator f rom the requesting Maintenance Section.
-v i CONTRACT- 1. Transmi1!s resume (s) to Maintenance Administrative-COORDINATOR Coordinator for files.
- 2. Schedules GET, Security Orientation, escorts, acce'ss -
~ authorization, and Dosimetry Issue if required. I Provide point-of-contact'and phone number to
~
3. contract-or vendor comoany.
- 4. Administer Contractor or Vandor Training Checklist and route to the Maintenance Administrative Coordinator.
- 5. Maintains a record of OJT of contract or vendor personnel conducting unsupervised maintenance of SMUD' equipment'and forwards a copy to:
- Maintenance Department Training Coordinator for transmittal to the Training Department
. Maintenance Department Administrative Coordinator a Records Management
- 6. Issues and collects Bi-Weekly timeshee'ts and submits them to the Maintenance Manager's clerical staf f.
v p_ MAINTENANCE 1. . Check Bi-Weekly timesheets for signatures, extract MANAGER straight time and overtime hours. CLERICAL 2. Fill out " Overtime Summary Report." (Attachment 3) 3 Collect all section's " Overtime Summary Reports" and , generate'a computer printout of " Weekly Department Overtime Summary. " (Attachment 4)
- 4. Submit " Weekly Department Overtime Summary" to the Maintenance Manager.
- 5. Transmit copy to Maintenance Admin Coordinator.
Attachment 2 Page 1 of 1 l
. l
l SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0004 I
' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REVISION: 0 PAGE 9 0F 10 . _ _ _ _
ATTACHMENT 7.3 OVERTIME'
SUMMARY
REPORT TO: D Army . Nuclear Maintenance Manager FROM: Area
SUBJECT:
OVERTIME
SUMMARY
REPORT _1. Number of Personnel Reported:
- 2. a) Total Hou \.
b)' To e Hours Worked:
,.~ _
- 3. For the'W k Ending:
Average Overtime Percentage Was: %
. Attachment 3 ,
Page 1 of 1 L
w . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . 1 1 r SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0004 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REVISION: O PAGE 10 0F 10 ATTACHMENT 7.4 WEEKLY DEPARTMENT OVERTIME
SUMMARY
TO: D. Army FM: B. Gandy SUBJ: 10epartment OVERTIME Summary, Week Ending l AREA # OF TOT STR. PERCENTAGE
# PERS. H HOURS OVERTIME ;
103 MGR %
'10 3 ' STAFF %
104/7 MM % 105/6' EM % 108 PLNG % CM- CON.MNT % i TOTALS:
-0! VISION AVERAGE OVERTIME: PERCENT NOTE: MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE IS 35 PERCENT WITHOUT RIM AUTHORIZATION.
Attachment 4 Page 1 of 1 m .. . . _ . , _ , . .__ _
i i SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-00C5 l 1 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1
'PRCCEDU ES VANUAL 2 AGE ^: !!
LEAD DEPARTMENT EFFECTIVE DATE: 07-2<-or-, l MAINT PLANNING AREA WORK REOUEST PLANNING 4 e {
~o w T' . n- ;lin'?%
Maintenance Manacer/NDate
~
PRC Review Required [] Yes [X] No Quality Review Required [X] Yes [] No REVISION
SUMMARY
Revises Porcedure for Changing Work Packages in the Field . l I FDR li:0R'ilATl01 DNLY
"- i m ,
SMUD, NUCLEAR:0 ORGANIZATION NUMBER: . MAP-CCC6 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE' REVISION: 1
-DROCEDURES VANUAL PAGE- 2 0F ??
w 1' 0 - PURPOSE-To' provide- the. details necessary to' process a Hork Request
,.through.the Planning Area.
2.0 SCOPE-This. procedure is applicable to the Maintenance Division's . Planning Area within.the Plant Department. i i 3.0- ' REFERENCES 3.1: 'QAP.17, Nonconforming Material: Control-3.2 - QAP.21, ASME Section .XI, . Inservice' Inspection, Inservice Testing and Repair / Replacement and Modification-
~
.3.3. RSAP-0803, Work Request 3.4 AP.3A, Daily Work Plan -
.s k
3.5 AP.4A, Safe Clearance Procedure Danger Tags 3.6 AP.48,' Safe Test Authorization Procedure 3.7 AP.4C, Caution Tag Authorization Procedure 3.8 AP.5, S~afety Manual 3.9 AP.33, Calibration & Control of Measurement & Test- Equipment 3.10 AP.35, Tools & Equipment Control
'3.11 AP.59, NPRDS Usage Procedure ,
3.12 AP.60, Control .of Fire Protection Limiting Conditions for Operations 3.13 AP.305, Radiation Control Manual 3.14 M.114, Maintenance Cleanliness Control
SMUD, NUCLEAR CRGANIZATICN NUMSER: MAP-0C06
. MAINTENANCE ACHINISTRATIVE. REVISICN: 1
, 'PQOCECURES MANUAL PAGE 3' OF 88 4
REFERENCES L(Continued) 3.1.5 - M.138, Bolt Torquing and Class I Gasket Controi - Valve and Mi s cel'1 aneou s .- 3.16 M.302, Codes-and Standards (Weld Manual)
- 3.17 EM.187c Control of Electrical Plant Mcdifica: ions 13.18 MAP-0009, Preventive Maintenance Program 3'.19 NEP.4109, Rancho Seco Configuration Control' Pro'cedure -
3.20 NEP;5101,21 Project Classification of Equipment 3.21 ALARA Manual 3.22- Entry Procedure For All Confined Spaces 1 3.23 Rancho 'Seco Technical Specification Manual 3.24 RSAP-0807, Maintenance Test Program 3.25 AP.90, Work and Test Authorization Program 3.26' QAIP-17, Maintenance Modification Planning 3.27 AP.22, Occurrence Description Reports 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 ALARA The ALARA (As Low As Reasonably Achievable) concept requires that every reasonable effort be made to maintain personnel radiation exposure as far below specified limits as is reasonably achievable.> 4.2 Drawing Change Notice DCNs (Drawing Change. Notices) are used to document all changes to the permanent plant design drawings.
l 1 l-SMUD,. NUCLEAR-ORGANIZATION NUMBER: ' MAP-0006 m MAINTENANCE-ADMINIST RATIVE. REVISICN: l ' PROCEDURES MANUAL Px3E 4 0F' 38 DEFINITIONS'-(Continued)f [
- 4,3 : Deficiency Tag or. Sticker LA Deficiency Tag or Sticker is. applied to a plant component when
- it is determined.that a material deficiency exists. Refer .to RSAP-0803.
- 4.4 Dual Verification Dual Verification is 'when two authorized personnel independently perform the desired lineup by: (1). direct. performance.of the<
action required to.~ place the component in the desired position,
, (2)rdirect. observation of the-component to determine actual position or (3) direct observation of the remote indication'for; the' component. Refer to AP.4B.
4.5 Authorized Personnel Selected personnel who have been properly-trained to perform' their job in accordance with AP.48. 4.6 ' Engineering Action Request (EAR) ) A-documented: request.for engineering resolution to effectively communicate concerns, questions, and requests, to an engineering department, which are outside the scope of a Nonconformance Report. . (Ref. AP.78) 4.7 Engineering Change Notice (ECN) Document used to describe and engineer a design change. 1 l 1 a _- _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ - _ _ . . - _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ .
^
g .SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMSER: MA?-CCC6 la 6 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION:-1; PROCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 5 0F 38 DEFINITIONS (Continued) 4.8- Environmentally Qualified (EQ) EQ refers to electrical equipment which is qualified to the requirements' of 10CFR50.49. It.is located in a potentially harsh environment and must be relied upon1to remain functional during aL design bases event. 1 4.9 Inspection The examinations, observation,1 ormeasurementLthatdeterminesthe conformance of materials, components, parts, appurtenances,
. systems, processes or. structures to predetermined quality requirements.
4.10' '
' Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO)
LCO refers to any. Limiting Condition for Operation as described in the Technical Specifications. 4.11 Master Equipment list (MEL)
. Listing of nameplate data.for each piece of plant equipment, typically including the Specification Number, SMUD Drawing Number, Manufacturers Instruction Book number, equipment usage, P&ID coordinates, site location and SMUD QA & EQ classifications.
4.12- Nonconforming' Report.(NCR) Report documenting equipment noncompliance with design criteria or specifications in accordance with Reference 3.1. ] 4.13 Occurrence Description Report (ODR) The documentation for reporting procedure violations, Technical Specification violations, potential licensee events, challenges ! to the pressurizer code ' safety valves and EMOV, and faulty or missing vendor supplied information in accordance with Reference 3.27.
.. f'.1 s
~
SMUD,-NUCLEAR CRGANIZATICN NUMBER: MAP-0006
' MAINTENANCE' ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 P:0CEDURES YANUAL ? AGE 6 ' 0F 88-L .
(Continued) DEFINITIONS 4.14 . Nuclear. Plant Reliability Data System (NPROS)- The industry / wide system for monitoring the performance of selected system'and components at nuclear power plants. This-information is readily-available to engineering and . operations - groups throughout 'the industry. for a wide range. of applications. 4.15. Preventive Maintenance Work Request LA PN'(Preventive Maintenance)' Work Request is used to perform FM work on plant equipment at a predetermined frequency. 4.16 Project Classification Four character code used for classifying equipment in the: plant, as1 defined.in NEP 5101.2. 4.17' .QA Classification '
' Classification of sistems, structures, subassemblies, components "s and design characteristics to establish.the degree of quality I assurance activity assigned.
4.18 Radiation Work Permit-(RWP) Permit required for entry into Radiation Areas and/or areas where' radioactive contamination is or:may be present. It informs personnel of,the, radiological conditions in the work area and the. requirements'for protective clothing, equipment and dosimetry. 4.19 Work Order / Function Number , A~ Work Order is a cost account used to accumulate plant capital or retirement expenditures for accounting and management information.
(
- SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: . MAP-0005
' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 PROCEDUPES MANUAL PAGE 7 0F 98
. 0EFINITI0NS (Continued) 4.20 Work Package A work package is a set of documents which may consist of a Work Request,1 work' instructions, necessary' drawings, maintenance procedures, technical information and permits, etc, required for
. implementation of the assigned task by the authori:ed werk group. (Ref. Attachment 10) 4.21 Post Maintenance Testing' Testing conducted upon completion of a maintenance activity .to verify satisfactory completion of maintenance and/or equipment:
operability. (Ref. RSAP-0807)
~
4.22 Operability Testing (OT)
. Post Maintenance Testing conducted to verify operational
. readiness in accordance with specific design requirements specified 'in the USAR or Technical Specifications. All OT-'is documented on the Post Maintenance / Modification Testing (PMT) form. (Ref. RSAP-0807) 4.23= Work Request (HR)
Form used to document the request for maintenance or modification activities. May be used to manually plan and implement
' maintenance activities .if the computerized Work Control System is
. unavailable.
4.24 Blanket Hork Request A Hork Request used to document completion of multiple minor j maintenance activities. ! 4.25 Minor Maintenance Maintenance activities on equipment which does not affect f component / system operability and retrievable history is not _ l required. Such activities will be completed under a blanket Work Request, i.e, adjusting packing on manual valves, tightening junction box screws, changing bulbs in fixtures, operations 1 support for running hoses, etc. i p y J e I i i ___-----_-_o
.y -
'- , e
.. gig y L %yr, 40
,/, .j
, 8
, ,}
\; v ,.stm ,, l
- r. . >j g fXb0i @UCLEAR 0 ORGANIZATION :r. NUMBER: -MW?-0006.
p , a Wr'MAINT9tANCE~ ADMINISTRATIVE' .s REVISION: 1 D" ,, PROCEDUsES PMlUAL F P AGM_- CF 33 . , _ _ e ,
, w p y .
n
' ', ,' vj _
{
- / , '
"/
. DEFINIUCNS 5 (Continued).
( j :I.. q ;.s ;
. 4.26:< '. . SurveillanceLProcebre(SP) g
-, u / ' - Proceduresforaccomplishingsurvefilancerequirementhtetforth y! ,
in Technical Specifications and ~other governing docuwnts.
~/
4.27;fi -Work Control. System Cenputerfsystem used to plan, sta 6s., and control Work Requests.
, -(NUCLEIS)G q
i I
- 5.0 PROCEDURE i
/
a; Res'ronsi bili ti es t '( J ' ll 5.1
. J' i
'Th! Maintenance Planning Superintendent is responsible for 5.1.1- '/
supervision ofithe Maintenance Planning Area such that: r y y 5.1.1. l s Work Requests are planned and issued-to the executing work group ' ' in"a manner that thertask can be easily understood and - s' . ' efficiently carried out. "4. )! 5.1 @2[ An efficient work control system is used to track and status work' '/, packages throughout the entire life cycle of these documents. , t('
- 5.1.1.3- Closecut of work packages includes a task history that is easily understood and can be used effectively for future information.
4 .
/
5.1.1.4 Outage Work Requests are properly controlled and 4cordinated with the Scheduling Dept. S 5.1.1.5 Hork Requests.have the correct priority and wdk packages are ! developed in/1 ccordance with the priority. - 5.1.2~ The Lead Discipline Planner is responsible for supervision of the d .., Discipline Planners to ensure' that: , E.1.21} . Hork Requests are promptly dnd correctly assigned to-the i
, appropriate planners for work package development. c ,
+ ,
5.1. 2h! i' Hork packages are compiled uting appropriate procedures < < drawings, instructions and permits.
. a >
Post Maintenance Testing requirements areddentf fied as reqdired 5.1.2.33 - l by RSAP-0807. j s
.)
e
,y
'q, , ,"
;]' S'
.. .t-X
/ . , - - - .
;3 SMUD. NUCLEAR OPP IDU;N NUM5ER: AAF-CCC6 MAINTENANCE ADMIh!STRATIVE, REVISION: 1
?r CEDURES MANUAL PACE C OF 88 L,-
# e I
t gi PROCEDURE (Cepti nued) 5.1.2.4 Materials are identified and coordinated with the Materials Coordinator. 5.1.2.5 -f Work Requests are effectively tracked through the planning y process and an up-to-date status is maintained.
.. 5.1.2.6 RHP requirements are coordinated with the Radiation Protection
'( f, 3ungort Planner and properly defined in the work package.
A q)uality review is cerformed oy a Quality Department designee en 5.1.2 7
/
all . designated Work Requests. A '5$1.3' ' The Planning Support Supervisor is responsible for the supervision of Administrative Support and Report Coordination to ensure that: 5.1.3:e New Work Requests are distributed to an Operations Planner / j Coordinator for initial review or entered into the Work Control j System. :
.4.1.?.2 New Work Requests ar.e expeditiously routed to the designated departments for initial review or entered into the Work Control System.
5.1.3.3 The PM Program is supported with timely and appropriate issue of 1 PM work information.. j 5.1.3.4 Budgetedplansathproducedandactualresultsaretrackedand compared to the plan for management assessment. 5.1.3.7 Tracking and status updates of all Maintenance Division Work h Requests are maintained. s 5.1.3.6 Work packages for ECNs & DCNs are closed prior to turnover to Startup' for testing. 5.1.4 The Operations Planner / Coordinator is responsible for the { following: 5.1.4.1 Validation and priori::ation of work packages. 5.1.4.2 The astignment of the responsible department.
,- 3.1.4.3 The assig, ment of milestones.
/
l 1 1 o_
SMUD NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0CC6 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 PROCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 10 0F E2 PROCEDURE (Continued) 5.1.4.4 The need for " Shift Management Log Entry" stamps or statements. 5.1.4.5 The review of planned post-maintenance testing. NOTE: Steps of this instruction may be performed out of secuence depending on need and availability of information as .ong as required work is completed. 14 . NOTE: This procedure is written to support both the manually processed
- work request arid the computer Work Control System. If the Work Control System is not available for use or a situation does not
- allow for its use, the Work Request., see Attachments 1 and 2, may s
be processed and worked by manually preparing the work package in accordance with steps 5.3.23 of this procedure. The Work Request should be loaded into the computer Work Control System prior to final closure. NOTE: Work packages planned and approved prior to the implementation of the Work Control System may be used in their present format. The work packages should be entered into the Work Control Systein prior to final closure. ~) J
)x; 5.2 Work Recuest Receipt and Assignment s
> 5.2.1 New Work Requests _ received by Planning Support, will be entered into the computer Work Control System. Completion of this input will automatically route the Work Requeit to the Operations
. Coordinator for initial review.
5.2.2 If the Work Request has a purple cover sheet or is an SSEM (see Section 5.9), the Computer Input clerk will notify the Operations Coordinator. I 5.2.3 The Computer Input clerk will enter ine following into the Work Control System: NOTE: If the Work Request is marked " History Only," the Work Request should be closed per the applicable steps of Section 5.7 of this procedure. 5.2.3.1 Work Request number 5.2.3.2 Equipment ID number (If the equipment ID number does not exist in the MEL, then use the system number for the equipment ID and place the original equipment ID number in the " Problem / Work Requested" description block). _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - i
ryl l.
,3 g q '. (%, .L '
1 N QMMQ U'> , a 9)- jj
-( >j f' .
t g As " ? - . - - = (
" SMUD, NUCLEAR.0;GANIZATIOR .. UM5bh MAP-CCC6 N N y,d, '
y , ~1,7 % MAINTENANCE ACHINISTR.WIVO RWISIGN: 1 s %'J PROCEDIRis g m lAL s 7 NE 'l CF 93
*t- ,y 1
' i
.i .i '
w
'\q ,D CIDURE (Conti r.edd [
V '1
, 1 -
[ , l/ T 54 1)3 > Initiator's unc (oc%inator) ~ (,l ' Ek( ,; t g y I; 5.2.5.4 .* Problem /Hork Requested' description f 10 ' 5,2.3.5 Any Mher avaflable.ihformatfun shouf.t also be ent.ered into the
,szstem at thi ntimz? % < , t s \, '
). 5.2.3.6 f.nnr the ac[ount number. LThe account number for Work Requens t h i from Nuclear ?.ngineering :aat are not ECN-related are provided by the origina tor'. 4 d 4, j ,5.2.4 After enteriry <the9'ork Req 9est into the Work Control'Systim, the
'p ! ,1 originatjngliork Request shall be discarded.
i 3. 2, 5
, . Flanninj Suppert shall update:the status of Hork Requests in the y .,
#,rk Control;$ystem in acc ydance with Attachment 3.
9< u \ '5.2.6 yrs Operations Coordinator or his designee shall perform the
', j6ftial replew includ)ng the following: !
I
, 't , y. <
5.2. 6,1 ' Revie'd the Kork Reqs.est for a.ny reenconformance described in
- f. '
r QAP-17 and initiate an NCR if applicable
\ ,,
h 5.2.6.2 Review fd'a proper description in the " Problem / Work Requested"
- section. :If it cannst be understood, or is not corrplete. the * "' ; originat9r it contactec ~or' a' copy returned as appropriate.
x'
, -s
. . 5.'2.6.3 Complete 'tre Plant Status Required field, priority'fhld and work type field using Attachttent 7.
5.2 d t4 Complete the 9esponsible' Department section using Attachment 4. 3 5.23.5 If the' work'ir?volves a Tech Spec-related system / component, b ,', , N Indicate the applicab1'e Tech Specs and affected safety train. s The Operations Coordinator will decide if the task will result in 5
'3 or..has already caum) a limiting condition for operation (LCO),
t , 3 ;, ant e der LOO Y/N into the system. If an LCO present?y exists, tne Sh'f Suuervisoc sW l be notified and the priority changed,
,44 per thi Shif t Supervlar'; Jb ection. For Work Requests
' !4 ,1rigir,ating in the Operat'.ons Department, a " Shift Mgmt Log Entry" stamp and thf priority should already have been affixed to the originating Work _ R$ quest, however, notification of the Shift Superviyr thall be r'ac'e in any olent.
r
, r J ,\
*'s
\
. 4
.j ? .
H
.f^
m
) ,
9
7 y ,7 h p, E SMUD,-NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMEER: MAP-0005 L 7- MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1
?cCCEDUPES MANUAL ,
PAGE 12 CF 38 PROCEDURE- (Continued)
< 5.2.6.6 If. the Work Request is outage-related, enter the outage number i and milestone.
l
, 5.2.6.7. If the Aork Request is necessary to maintain safety to the' generr, public or site personnel, the " Industrial Safety Review
' Requi ted" block will be marked YES.
)
a- 5.r.6.8- Indcate whether a Fire Protection review is required. 5.2.5.9. If an outage-scheduled milestone is involved,' mark the j
" Implementation Manager Review R%uired" block YES.
I 5.2,6.10- Initiate a WATA form in accordance with AP.90 (when issued). 5 . 2 . l, . l l The Operations Coordinator will indicate completion of the j Operations initiation review on the Approvals page. Compl e tion. of this approval will automatically route the Work Request to tne appropriate reviews, as. determined by the Operations Coordinator, and then to the Lead Discipline Planner for initial review and assignment of the planner. .. 5.2.7 If an Industrial Safety. review is required, the Safety Departmen - will make any necessary input into the Work Control System and i indicate completion on the Approvals page. 5.2.8' If a Fire Protection review is required, the Fire Protection Department will make any necessary input into the Work Control System and. indicate completion of this review on the Approvals page. 5.2.9 If _the Implementation Manager's review is required, the i 1 Implementation Hanager will make any necessary input into the Work Control System and indicate completion of this review on the Approvals page. 5.2.10 If the Work Request has a purple cover sheet, is stamped SSEM, or is assigned a priority E or I, notify the Lead Discipline Planner i or his designee that the Work Request is ready for planning. 5.3 Work Reauest Plannino 5.3.1 The Lead Discipline Planner shall perform the following: ' f
4 + SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION ttUMBER: MAP-0005 i MAINTENANCE-ADMINISTRATIVE ~REVISICN:-1
, rROCEDURES MANUAL. PAGE 13 0F 89
- PROCEDURE (Continued)
' . 5. 3 , l '.1 .If...the assigned responsible. department is incorrect, the Lead
- Planner =shall. correct the responsible department.
5.3.1.2 Assign the Work Request to the appropriate planner based on work.
' load and experi_ence.
5.3.1 .31 Indicate the completion of this initial. review on'the Approvals page. .This will automatica11y' route the Work Request to the assigned Planner.
. 5.3.2' The assigned Discipline Planner shall plan the work package'as
.follows:
5,3.2.1- . Review for completeness and review the priority for appropriate planning action.
' 5.3.2.2 If no MEL~ listing exists for the equipment ID on. the Work
' Request,~the planner will submit a MEL change request form to Nuclear Engineering.- For Work Request processing .the following-resources may be used'to ensure the correct' project class and safety class: -
'(1)' Controlled Piping and Instrument Drawings'(P& ids).
(2) Controlled instrument drawings. (3) Controlled electrical one line drawings.
~ (4) Controlled process standards.
(5) Controlled isometric drawings. (6) Other sources if approved by Nuclear Engineering. 5.3.2.3- Enter the correct Work Request Safety Class. 5.3.3 The first phase of planning a Work Request is a job walkdown, and field verification of the problem description, by the Planner.
'The following items will be completed on the job walkdown:
l l; b i___ ___ __ . _ _ _ . __ _ _. _ . _ _
1; 1J SMUD . NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION . NUMBER: MAP-0C05 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE' REVISICN: 1 PRCCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 14 0F 98 PROCEDURE- (Contilued) 5.3.3.1 Veri o that thefproblem description is accurate and other
' information clearly explained. Contact the originator if the problem description does not' identify problems. noted in 'the' field.
5.3.3.2 Note the plant location of the . problem in the Work i. instructions. 5.3.3.3 Verify equipment tags on the compenent are correct. If no tags exist initiate a Work Request for the fabrication of the tags, and. submit it for work request processing. 5.3.3.4 Assess the need for scaffold, interference removal, rigging requirements, insulation, heat trace removal. etc. and denote related instructions in the work instructions. 5.3.3.5 Note tools required to complete the job. j 5.3.3.6 Note possible environmental / safety hazards. HQIE: If for any reason. a job walkdown can not be performed, that comment will be stated on the work instructions. _1 5.3.3.7 Interface with the responsible work group as needed for work
-history and job specific background. .
5.3.4 The Planner will review the Work Request and determine and indicate the applicability of the following requirements, and take the appropriate actions in accordance with the listed reference. 5.3.4.1 ASME Code requirements. (Refer to Section 5.3.9) 5.3.4.2 A Work Request to disposition an NCR. (Refer to OAP.17) 5.3.4.3 Abnormal Tag requirement. (Ref, to AP.26) 5.3.4.4 Helding/ burning .(Flame, grinding, machining) permit requirements. (Refer to AP.29, Use and Control of Combustibles & Ignition Sources) 5.3.4.5 RHP requirements. (Refer to Section 5.3.10) {
f L., SMUD. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION -NLMEER: MAF-CCC3 h MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 PROCEDURES Ma'lUAL PAGE 15'OF 58 7 PROCEDURE- (Continued)L 5'. 3. 4. 6 ' Post Maintenance / Modification' test . requirements. (Refer to RSAP-0807) i L 5.3.4.7- Fire' Protection requirements. (Refer to QAP.28 and'AP.30) L, ' 5.3.4.8: Security requirements. -
'5;3.4.9 Engineering. requirements.
5.3.4.10 Cleanliness control requirements. (M.ll4, AP.35) 5.3.4.11 EQ requirements. 5.3'4.12
. .Special processes i.e.; heat treating, metal spraying, stress relieving,fetc.
l
'5.3.4'13 . Ccnfined space requirements.
~
5.3.4.14 Control Room boundary requirements. 5.3.4.15 Type maintenance (Attachment 7)
. 5.'3. 4.16 E'quipment mode required ( ttachment 7) 5.3.4.17 If Work Request is ECN-related 5.3.4.18 Clearance required 5.3.4.20 Enter Work" Request short description (searchable words) 5.3.5 The Planners shall utilize required- job' related documentation such as:
MQII: Technical manuals requested'from vendors shall be processed through Nuclear Engineering and 1 Site Document Control. 5.3.5.1 Technical Manuals. (Reviewed for latest revision)- 5.3.5.2 Drawings. (Reviewed for latest revision) 5.3.5.3 Procedures. (Reviewed for latest revision) 9 f N _ _ = ____-____ _____
CMUD.,. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION- NUMSER: -MAP-0C06 l MAINTENANCE ACHINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1: PRCCEDURES M'NUAL PAGE' 16 CF 93' PROCEDURE- (Continued)
.5.3.5.4- : Spare parts listing.
5.3.5.5 Stock numbers. E 5.3.5.6, Work Request history. NQII: If inaccurate / incomplete information is identified ^ it will be , corrected at this time. 5.3.6 ' The'following guidelines shall be used for developing t'he work
-instructions.. They are listed in the order of their preference for use:
'5.3.6.1 A work iritruction which implements a site approved procedure in its entirety:
.(l) Include the. procedure numbers in the PROCEDURE block.
(2) Include any specific requirements / precautions. gained from the job walkdown that are not: included in the procedures. 5.3.6.2 A HORK INSTRUCTION which implements portions of a site approved ., procedure: \_!
-( l ) - Prerequisites and precautions shall be ' incorporated.
I
'(2) Include the procedure numbers in the PROCEDURE block'.
(3) Include any specific requirements gained from.the job walkdown that are not included in the procedures. (4) Use of this type of WORK INSTRUCTION is acceptable only if. no existing approved procedure can be used in its entirety. (5) Potential interferences (restraints, etc) are identified and addressed accordingly. 1 1
SMUD, NUCLEAR CRGANIZATICN NUMBER: MAP-CC06 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 PROCEEURES MANUAL DaGE 17 0F 99 PROCEDURE (Continued) A HORK INSTRUCTION utilizing technical manuals, drawings and I 5.3.6.3 l Planner technical expertise appropriate for the task: 1 (1) All referenced documents must be site approved. l l l (2) The WORK INSTRUCTION shall include all acceptance :riteria. (3) Torque requirements shall be obtained from Maintenance Procedure M.138, approved vendor manuals, industry standards, or provided and documented by Engineering. l (4) The WORK INSTRUCTION must include notes, precautions and prerequisites. (5) The HORK INSTRUCTION that removes interferences must include detailed steps for removal and restoration with signoff blocks. 5.3.7 Material Requirements shall be addressed as follows: 5.3.7.1 If parts are required, they will be listed on. the parts information page and a purchase requisition worksheet (Attachment
- 8) shall.be initiated and forwarded to the responsible Materials Coordinator for processing, and the Work Request shall be placed on parts hold (Attachment 5).
HQII: Work Request HORK INSTRUCTIONS should be completed prior to being designated parts hold status. 5.3.7.2 Upon receiving notice from the Material Coordinator, advising-that the material has been received and tagged for the subject Work Request, the Planner shall Process the package status to lead planner review in accordance with Attachment 3. 5.3.8 Maintenance Engineering assistance should be requested for items such as the following. 5.3.8.1 NCR applicability. 5.3.B.2 Clarification of In-service testing.
SMUD,-NUCl. EAR ORGANIZATION . NUMBER: MAP-C'006 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: l' PROCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 18 CF E8 PROCEDURE (Continued) 5 . 3 . 8 . 3 '- Cable separation requirements.. 5.3.8.4- Special processes such as. welding, heat treatment, etc. ! R 5.3.8.5 InterpretationsLof dimensional problems. 5.3.8.6 Torque values not available from industry standards or certified vendor literature. 5.3.8.7 Use of leak sealing compounds. 5.3.9 Codes Requirements 5.3.9.1 The Planner shall determine and indicate if the work is an ASME Section XI Repair or Replacement or a Section VIII/I Repair by verifying if the following definitions are relative to the work to be performed: 5.3.9_.1 (1) ASME Section XI_ Repair '
. ,) .'
An ASME Section XI Repair is defined as' reconditioning an existing-ASME Section XI (B31.7, ASME Section III). pressure retaining boundary or its support to render it acceptable for service (XXN1, N2, N3). This includes welding and metal-removal (grinding, drilling or machining). (2) ASME Section XI Replacement t An ASME Section XI Replacement is defined as all instances j where an' existing ASME Section XI (ASME Section III, B31.7) 1 pressure retaining component or its support is removed and j' exchanged for a new part (XXN1, N2, N3). (3) ASME Section VIII/I Repair. ) An ASME Section VIII/I Repair is defined as reconditioning. l an existing ASME Section VIII Unfired Pressure Vessel or l ASME Section I, Fired Pressure Vessels. This involves welding, and metal removal (grinding, drilling, or , machining) on ASME Section VIII/I pressure retaining j boundaries. j i
'I 1
I o
H p SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0005 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 i PROCEDURES MANUAL CAGE 19 C; ES L PRbCEDURE l (Continued) l 5.3.9.2 Planning for ASME Section XI Repairs or Replacement or a.Secti:n VIII/I Repair shall be'done as follows: (1) Determine the fabrication code to which the component was manufactured, by researching the MEL, P&ID and/or Isometric Drawing to obtain the Project Classification. . Witn :ne Project Classification,'and Maintenance Procedure M.302, the fabrication code can be determined. The Project Classification and the applicable fabrication code must be noted.on the Work Requests. These items are essential for determining the proper procedures to be prescribed. 4 (2) The Planner shall contact the Plant Helding' Engineer or'a-Mechanical Maintenance Engineer as appropriate.for specific , guidance in developing the detailed requirements. 5.3.10 RHP Requirements Any Work Request that requires work to be performed in a'. . potentially contaminated area or system shall be routed to the Radiation Protsctiotr (RP) Planner for review. Processing shall proceed as follows: l 5.3.10.1. The.RP Planner determines if a Radiation Work Permit (RHP) is required and initiates the RHP. 5.3.10.2 The RP Planner shall ensure that all pertinent information is available on the' RHP Request for adequate evaluation by the RP j Department. If the information is incomplete, the RP Planner i shall interface'with the Discipline Planner to obtain the l necessary information. ' 5.3.10.3 If an existing RHP is available, the RP Planner shall assign the RHP number in the RHP block on the Hork Request. The RP Planner shall provide' instructions for the assigned work group to notify f the Radiation Protection Field Office of the work prior to j signing on the RHP and notify the Covering RP Technician. I
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMSER: MAP-0C05 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1
?RCCEDURES VANUAL PAGE 20 0F 39 PROCEDURE (Continued) 5.3.10.4 If an applicable RWP does not exist, the RP Planner shall forwar]
the RWP Request to the RP Field Office and initial the RWP block on the Work Request. Enough information shall be provided to assess all potential radiation hazards. 5.3.10-.5 The RP Field Office shall evaluate the information provided by the RWP Request for issuance of the RWP. (1) If further evaluation is required due to ALARA considerations., the RP Planner shall ensure that all ALARA requirements are provided to the Discipline Planner for incorporation into the WORK INSTRUCTIONS section as applicable. (2) Due to changing plant conditions, the RWP may not be issued until the work is scheduled. The RP Planner shall notify the Discipline Planner if this is the case. 5.3.10.5 (3) When the RWP is issued, the RP Planner shall receive notification. He/she shall then inform the Discipline . s. Planner and ensure that the number is placed in the RWP I block on the Work Request. 5.3.10.6 To submit a RWP Request during the absence of the RP Planner, the. Planner shall perform the following: (1) Contact Rad Protection at the RP Field Office and provide the information requested. (2) Complete the RWP Request Form and forward it to Rad Protection or to RP Planner along with a copy of the Work Request. 5.3.11 The POST MAINTENANCE TEST REQ'D block is to denote use of a PHT form for testing of components only. The assigned planner will review the WORK INSTRUCTIONS and indicate the appropriate response in the POST MAINTENANCE TEST REQ'D block. 5.3.11.1 The planner shall determine and specify the required post maintenance testing in accordance with RSAP-0807. 5.3.11.2 All work packages with " SHIFT MANAGEMENT LOG ENTRY" statements will be reviewed by the Operations Planner / Coordinator to ensure that the specified post maintenance testing will satisfactorily retest the components or systems having been repaired.
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UMBER: MAP-C;;5 L MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 l DROCECURES MANUAL PAGE 21 CF BB PROCEDURE (Continued) 5.3.12 The Discipline Planner shall complete the planning of tne work request as follows by completing the following: 5.3.12.1 The EST WORK DURATION, EST CREW SIZE and EST MANHOURS blocks shall be filled out, coordinating with the assigned work group as necessary. 5.3.12.2 For all Work Requests that are designated or confirmed as having harsh environmental qualification requirements, the Discipline Planner shall note the requirements, and a Moisture Intrusion Checklist, Attachment 11, shall be attached to the package at the l time it is printed. 5.3.12.3 Dual verification shall be specified as applicable. Work Requests written for instrumentation listed on Attachment 13, and of special importance the Auxiliary Feedwater System per OP A.51 require dual verification. A Dual Verification Form, Attachm " l 12 shall be attached for these Work Requests, for which the calibration procedure does not include dual verification requirements. (to be attached at the time it is printed) 7 5.3.12.4 Worker safety requirements shall be specified on the work request including all safety precautions and safety gear required to safely complete the work in accordance with AP.5 (e.g., safety glasses, foot protection, barrier rope, etc.). The Safety Department shall be consulted as necessary. 5.3.12.5 If a vital area boundary is to be breached, specify the location and clearly denoted related requirements on the work request. The Security Department shall be notified to allow sufficient lead time for necessary security coverage to be scheduled. 5.3.12.6 The Planner shall ensure that the work requested does not constitute an unauthorized plant modification or alteration. All modifications require an approved MOD /ECN Package or implementation of the Abnormal Tag Procedure, AP.26. If an ECN is required, initiate an Engineering Action Request, (EAR) in accordance with AP.78.
i i SMUD,. NUCLEAR CRGANIZATICN NUMBER: MAP-CCC5 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REV1 SIC'N : 1 PROCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 22 0F 23 PROCEDURE (Continued) ) 5.3.12.7 A work instruction which necessitates work on electrical circuits (i .e. , lifted leads, installation of test . equipment, installin; ! jumper, etc.) shall include steps in the work instruction with j signature blocks, which restore the circuit to this original I configuration. 5.3.12.8 If electrical leads are required to be lifted or electrical jumpers are needed, include a Lifted Lead /Added Jumper Modification and Restoration Form, Attachment 15. 5.3.13 The work package shall be marked Quality Review Reauired for inspection planning if the work request involves any of the following:
. Work Request Safety Class 1 or 2
- ASME/ ANSI (as required by code)
. Environmental / Seismic Qualification (EQ)
. Fire Protection / Detection (Appendix "R" items)
. Welding to plant equipment.
. Activities which require application of Maintenance Procedure H.114 for system cleanliness.
If the work package does not require Quality review indicate 'N0' in the Quality Review Required box. 5.3.14 If trouble-shooting or maintenance is to be conducted on energized, press!)rized or operating power block systems, complete a Planning Instructions for Trouble-Shooting or Maintenance form (Attachment 16) and include it in the work package. 5.3.15 If valve operations are required to be performed that are sequence critical, utilize the Valve Order form (Attachment 17) and include it in the work package. 5.3.16 If switches are required to be positioned that are sequence-critical, utilize the Switch Order form (Attachment 18) and include it in the work package.
fl
~ ~ ~ ~
- SMUD, NUCLEAR GRGANIZATICN NUMSER: MAP-C005-u ? MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1
;o0CEDURES' MANUAL ;2GE 2 3 ' CF- !$
m PROCEDURE (Continued). 5.3.17~ The discipline planner shall review the totalLwork package at this time for completeness and then indicate,the comoletion of the' work plan on the approvals page. . This will automatically route the work request to Quality for' review, if required, or to the Lead Discipline Planner if no Quality review is recuired. 5.3.18 Quality shallEreview work packages received, to determine if Inspection is required, and shall complete the' following. 5.3.18.1 Quality shall perform the Inspection Planning in.acccrdance Reference 3.26 as follows: (1) Review and/or establish inspection points in the work-instructions. (2) Notify the appropriate authorized inspection agency (ANII., State Inspector, etc.) of the proposed activity to obtain inspection requirements and concurrence. (3).-Review the work package for adequacy and conformance with applicable code 3, standards and quality program requirements.
.(4) Review the work package.for NCR applicability.
(5) Review the entire work package for correctness including acceptance criteria. 5.3.18.2 Quality shall indicate completion of this' review on the Approvals page. This will automatically route the work package to the Lead Discipline Planner for final review. 5.3.19 The Lead Discipline Planner shall review the completed work package and indicate completion of this review on the Approvals page. 5.3.20 The Lead Discipline Planner shall route all work packages containing the " SHIFT MANAGEMENT LOG' ENTRY" statement to the > Operations Planner / Coordinator for his review of the post l maintenance testing specified.
e: i SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION . NUMBER: MAP -0006 MAINTENANCE. ADMINISTRATIVE < REVISION: 1: PROCEDORES MANUAL PAGE 24 0F 88 PROCEDURE (Continued). q
. 5.3.21 When the Work Request is dispatched for issue to the field a work =
package must be assembled by Planning Support. The following items will be added to the. printed Work Request as required. (1) Moisture intrusion checklist (2) Oual verification form (3)- Lifted lead /added jumper modification and restoration form (4) An extra copy of the completed PMT Plan for the Control Room. (5) Any other needed items, see attachment 10 14- 5.3.22 If required, computer generated Work Requests may be copied for
- parallel work in the field in accordance with RSAP-0803.
5.3.23 Manual Preparation of Work Packages 5.3.23.1. The Maintenance Planning Area shall collect all Work Requests and complete reviews for-errors, completeness, duplication, and .,
. legibility.
5.3'23.2-
. Work Requests shall be forwarded to the Operations Planner /
Coordinator for review, validation, and milestoning, as applicable. 5.3.23.3 .The Operations Planner / Coordinator shall review all Work Requests for validity, shall initiate' a WATA form in accordance with AP.90.(when issued), and shall include th'e following on the Work Request: 5.3.23.3.1 Priority of the activity, in accordance with Attachment 1. 5.3.23.3.2 Responsible department in accordance with Attachment 4. 5.3.23.3.3 Plant Operating Status required to complete the activity in accordance with Attachment 1. Applicable technical specifications number (s) and the relationship of the work to a safety system train. 5.3.23.3.4 The Work Requests are then forwarded to Maintenance Planning or Modifications Planning based on the assigned responsible work organization. 1
, SMUD. NUCLEAR CRGANIZATICN NuM5ER: MAF-CIC6 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISICN: 1 , PROCEDURES W NUAL PAGE 25 0F 98 PROCEDURE (Continued) / 5.3.23.3.5 Planning shall develop a work package which identifies all applicable requirements for performing the activity, inciucing the following as a minimum:
5.3.23.3.5.1 Include the following in the space provided on ths Work Request:
. Quality Assurance class
. ECN/DCN Numbers as applicable l
- Denote if an ECN/DCN is required
. Project Class, as available (include in the task description block) i
. Area / Work Order Number (use WO/ Function block)
. Procedures and/or approved Vendor Manuals, or portions of, to be'used to complete the corrective action.
. DenoteIftheequipmentproblemiswithinthescope of a NPRDs reportable item by checking yes or no.
- Denote if post maintenance / modification testing form is to be used in accordance with RSAP 0803, by marking "yes" or "no" in the test required box.
- Environmental qualification level
. Estimated repair time, crew size, and manhours (Maintenance Work Request only, not applicable to ECN related Work Request).
5.3.23.3.5.2 Include the task description in the space provided (labeled Engineering Requirements on some WR forms). Attach and complete a work continuation form if inspection planning and/or additional space for task description is required. 5.3 23.3.5.3 Identify fire protection requirements on the work request in coordination with the Nuclear Operations Fire Protection-Coordinator, within the task description.- l
SMUD. NUCLEAR CRGANIZAi!CN NUMEER: MAP-CCC5 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 PROCEDURES MANUAL NGE 26 CF 33 PROCEDURE (Continued) l 5.3.23.3.5.4 Identify personnel safety requirements in the task description block. Coordinate with the Safety and Loss Prevention group as required. l 5.3.23.3.5.5 Identify dual verification requirements for instrument loops. 5.3.23.3.5.6 Review the Work Request for noncompliance and initiate an . NCR as required in accordance with QAP-17. 5.3.23.3.5.7 Reference related NCRs number in the space provided on the Hork Request in accordance with QAP-17. Include a copy of related NCRs in the work package. 5.3.23.3.5.8 Identify Tool and Equipment control requirements within the task description in accordance with AP.35. 5.3.23.3.5.9 Identify Cleanliness control requirements within the task description in .accordance with M.ll4. 5.3.23.3.5.10 Identify heavyjeads requirements within the task , description in accordance with M.135. ) 5.3.23.3.5.11 Identify any post maintenance testing requirements on the , Post Maintenance / Modifications Test Form (Attachment 1). ! 5.3.23.3.5.11.1 Each PMT form will be identified with a sequential alpha ' character following the work request number it applies to. 5.3.23.3.5.11.2 Each PMT form will contain only one test. 5.3.23.3.5.11.3 Identify the responsible test group and other pertinent information. 5.3.23.3.5.12 Identify harsh / mild environmental qualification requirements within the task description. 5.3.23.3.5.13 Specify location of any vital area boundary which will be breached within the task description. 5.3.23.3.5.14 Identify ASME XI requirements, and denote if ASME XI related on the Work Request. 5.3.23.3.5.15 Identify radiation and ALARA requirements to be adhered to on the Work Request. 5.3.23.3.5.16 Include RHP number on the Work Request if available.
bl SMUD NUCLEAR CRGANIZATICN NUMBER: MAP-CGC6
/ MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: l' PROCEDURES MANUAL CAGE 27 0: 89 s
PROCEDURE (Continued) 5.3.23.3.5.17 Ensure the WR tracking system (s) reflect the Work Reaues-status, including the material priority when applicabia. 5.3.23.3.5.18 Ensure all requirements of AP.44 are addressed within the work package for Work Requests involving modification.-
- activities.
4
. 5.3.23.3'.5.19 Ent0c N/A in the Shift Supervisor's signature block on Work- ;
Requests which do not' affect systems / equipment in the' power- { block. :l 5.3.23.3.5.20 Upon completion of the Planning, sign and date the Work Request in the space provided.
- 5.3.23.3.5.21 Forward'the work package to Quality Department. If the Work Request involves any of the following:
. Quality Class 1 or 2
. Work on Technical Specification related equipment. 1
( . ASME/ ANSI (as required) -
-3
. Environmental / Seismic _ Qualification (EQ) l
- Fire Protection / Detection'(Appendix "R" items)
- Welding.to plant equipment.
. Activities which require application of Maintenance 4 l
Procedure M.114 for system cleanliness 5.3.23.3.5.22 If the work package does not require Quality review, indicate "N0" in'the Inspection Reg'd box. l 5.3.23.3.5.23 If the work package is stamped " SHIFT MANAGEMENT LOG ENTRY" and contains post maintenance testing, forward the package 4 to the Operations Planner / Coordinator for review of FMT { requirements. < 5.3.23.3.5.24 Upon completion of the Work Request planning, Planning shall forward the top halves of Work Request gold copies and. copies of the work package to Quality Control, and forward a copy of the Work Request to System Engineering, g 4
w
~ ~ '
-SMUD' NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION
, . NUMBER: MAP-0006
. MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1-
' PROCEDURES' MANUAL PAGE -28 0F 38 PROCEDURE (Continued).
14: 5.3.23.4. If required,-manual Work Request may be copiedLfor parallel work-e in the field in accordance with RSAP-0803.~ j 5.3.24 Ouality Review 5.3.24.1. ' The Quality Department designee shall review the work package ar.d indicate in the Inspection Req i d box, if inspection is required. 5.3.24.2 The Quality Department designee sh'all include the inspection-requirements on the Work Request continuation sheet, sign and' date the Work Request Continuation Sheet upon completion, and forward the" package to Planning. 5.4' Sch'edulino Interface
~
5,4.1 Status Reports will be issued to the Scheduling' Department showing the planning-status of all Work Requests as required.
. Scheduling will' utilize this information to develop system outage schedules and daily and weekly schedules'that support plant activities.
5.4.2 Based on Scheduling's~ evaluation, an approved schedule will be produced. Planning will input the WR start dates from this ~} schedule into the Work Request. data-bars. S'4.3
. When the work packages are released to.the work group, the Work Request status shall be changed'to a work code (Attachment 3).
5.5- Work Scope Changes 14 5.5.1' Work scope changes shall be implemented in accordance with
+ RSAP-0803.
5.6 Work Package Completion Review 5.6.1. Forward the work package to Planning for Lead Discipline Planner review. 5.6,2 Lead Discipline Planner shall review the work package for completeness and sign for closecut review. Upon completion, the work package is forwarded to Planning Support. 5.6,3 Planning Support shall update the status of the work package and shall forward the package to the Quality designee if the Work 1*+ Request involves activities listed in 5.3.13. l \ l l .. -. _ _ _ _ _ - _ - _ - _ - _ _ _ - - - - - .
m ~ -
.j q
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NLRBER:- Le-vwo -
; MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 PROCEDURES MANUAL- PAGE 29 0F E3
. PROCEDURE (Continued) ;
5 !. 6. 4 ' -Quality reviews the work package to ensure all' quality requi'rements have been. met including the following: 5.6.4.1; Quality shall ensure all ASME code related documentation is' ; completed and included in the. work package as required. '! 5.6.4.2- Quality shall' ensure ANI/ANII reviews are . completed en work' packages as required and obtain the ANII.closecut review signature if required. 5.6.4.3 Work packages with unresolved quality requirements shal.1 be returned to Planning Support for Lead Discipline Planner resolution. 5.6.4.4 Upon concurrence that all quality requirements lhave been satisfied, Quality shall sign the-Quality Review closecut block and forward the work package to Planning Support for closecut. 5.7 Work Packace Closecut y- 5.7.1 Planning Support shall review and process completed work packages as follows: 5.7.1.1 Ensure the Deficiency Tag / Sticker is removed from the work package,'if applicable. 5.7.1.2' ' Check the work package.for proper signatures. 5.7.1.3 Make copies and distribute as follows: i
, (1) To the EQ Coordinator, if Environmental is designated as l being ' HARSH'.
'(2) To Quality Assurance, if work package involved a Nonconformance Report. ~
_l 5.7.2 Planning Support shall perform work package closecut in the work control system as follows: 5.7.2.1 Enter all appropriate signatures and dates from the. work package. . 1 i
1 i SMUD, NUCLEAR CRCANIZATICN NUMSER: MAP-0CC6 i
- MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1. .!
O PPCCECURES MANUAL PAGE 30 0F 95 p li' l PROCEDURE (Continued
- l' 5.7.2.2 Ifrepairlpartsarewereusedtoperf_ormwork, record.the fol_lcwing data as: applicable: ;
(1) . enter the:6 digit' stock code number (s) (2) Enter the quantity used (3) Enter the' issue number (SI/RR) jq (4) Enter the purchase order. number or requisition number ;l
'(5)- Enter the part description 5.7.2.3 Enter the actual work duration .;
5.7.2.4 Enter the actual' crew size
.5.7.2.5- . Enter the actual manhours 5,7.2.6 If measurement' & test equipment was used to perform work, record-the following: -
(1) M&T equipment number (CTE ID number) .] i (2)- M&T equipment description d 1 (3) M&T. equipment calibration due date (4)- Equipment'ID the M&T equipment was used on ; l
)
5.7.2.7 Enter the work performed 5.7.2.8 If post maintenance testing was performed, enter the following as 1 applicable: 1 (1) PMT performed by (2) Date (3) Satisfactory (4) Proves operability ; i (5) If satisfactory corrective' action taken (6) Remarks i; I i
-.---____a__________-- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _
s , 1 SMUD. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION- NUMBER: MAP-CCC5
-MAINTDIANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 PROCEDURE WNUAL PAGE 31 CF- 25 PROCEDURE, (Continued) f 5 7 2.9 Enter the RWP and clearance numbers as applicable.
5.7.2.10 . Enter any other information that 'is available. 5.7.2.11 Document any work scope changes or corrections made in the field in the work performi ' section. 5.7.2.12 ! File the work package in accordance witn site recora retention ! requi rements .' 5.7.2.13 .If the work package is NPRDS reportable, the status will'be changed to.NPRDS review for input. If no NPRDS review is required, the status will. be changed to closed. 5.7.3 Upon completion of the NPRDS review the work package status will
~be changed to closed.
5.7.4 After the work package status'is changed to Closed, the only ; portion of the Work Control. System that can be~ input on.is-the work request History Comments page. 5.7.5; The NPRDS coordinator shall. process NPRDS reportable work package as follows:
.( .
Enter the following fields on .the work control' system (Attachment-6) (1) Corrective action (2) Type failure (3) Status when detected , (4) Cause of failure (5) Method of detection (6) Mode of failure (7) Cause description (8) Effect on plant i (9) Effect on system Upon completion of this review, Planning Support will be notified j for work package closeout. [ q f ! -- _ l
c: 1 ) (MUD, NUCLEAR-ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0006 H MAINTENANCE ACHINISTRATIVE REVISICN: PROCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 32 0F 88
- 1
' PROCEDURE ~ (Continued)
- 5.8 Voidina Work Packace 5.8.1 If a work' package is determined invalid for any reason, write the word ' VOID' and include a concise statement as to why, in the workt performed section.
5.8.2 Forward'the Hork Request and work package if already dispatched to the Lead Discipline Planner for review and concurrence. 5.8.3 Upon concurrence, the Lead Discipline Planner shall. void'the Work Reques. in the work control system (Attachment 7)-and forward the work package for processing in accordance with Section-6.0.
- 5. 9 ' Shift Sucervisor Emeraency Maintenance (SSEM)-
5.9.1 SSEMs are used at:the discretion of the Shift Supervisor,when equipment or system malfunctions occur and conditions do not~ allow for routine processing of. a Hork- Request. SSEMs are not; ! used for Hork Requests which implement design changes.- -. 5.9.2. When Planning is notified of initiation of a SSEM, the Lead Discipline. Planner or designee.shall initiats the Work Request planning processias described in Section 5.1 through Section 5.8 of this procedure including the following: 1
. 5.9.2.1 Processing the Work Request through work package development.
5.9.2.2- Coordinating a review of. activity performed and testing completed in response ~to the SSEM. 5.9.2.3 Obtaining all follow-up approvals and documentation for the repair activities, as. required, including initiation of revised. Work Requests. 5.9.3 The final work package for the SSEM shall be as complete as a routine package with the exception of estimated crew size, etc. Telephone memos, procedures used, data taken and material issue , records shall be retained as part of the package. t i
l
$ MUD, NUCLEAR CRGAM:ZATIO:4 l; UMBER: MAF- ::5~ j L
MAINTENANCE"ACHINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 < PACCECURES mlUAL PAGE 33 0F 88 I p ,
~
PROCEDURE (Continued) i 5.9.4 If the work was performed on an advanced copy of the Work Request, the Planner shall complete the following: 5.9.'4.1 Ensure the work instructions of the original Work. Request 3 reflects the work actually performed. l 5.9.4.2 Ensure all requir?d information has been included on the Work request by.the crafts person, foreman and QC inspectors. J 5.9.4.3 Notify the Lead Discipline Planner of any problems or concerns identified which may not meet applicable codes or station ; procedures, (e.g., materials used or action taken are not in ; accordance.with regulatory requirements.) i 1 5.9.4.4 The work package should be completed and closed out within 5 working days of work completien. ; 5.9.5 Planning Support shall enter the work package into the. Work l Control System prior to final closure. f - 6.0 RECORDS i The.following individual / packaged documents and copies of any related correspondence completed as a result of this procedure are records. They shall be transmitted to Records Management using a Reco-d Transfer Form. Each Records Transfer Form shall , be' clearly annotated in the Remar.ks Section as transmitting i Quality Assurance or Non-Quality records. Prior to transmittal to Records Management, the sender shall assure that each record is packaged (when applicable), QA program requirements have been fulfilled, document is legible, completely filled out, adequately identifiable to the item or activity involved, and is stamped, initialed, signed, or otherwise authenticated.
- Work Request
. Work Request Continuation Forms
- Computer Generated Work Package
. Prevention of Moisture Intrusion Checklist f
XT ' L, '
;47 ,
3
+ J o- ',
SMUDl. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION.. . N'JMBER: MAP-0006 h MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE i REVISION': 1 l :-PROCEDURES MANUAL- PAGE 32 CF SS \ , l' P'RdCEDURE-(Continued)-
,p
'k: ; Dual. Verification Attachments a
-. Lifted lead /added jumper modification.and restoration form
. Plani.ing Instructions for: T.rou.ble Shooting l
. Valve. Order ..
. Switch Order 7.0 ' ATTACHMENTS (1). Work. Request (2) Work Request Continuation Sheets.with Instructions (3). Work Control. System Status Codes (4) . Department Codits
)
(5) Hold Codes-(6) NPRDS Coces (7) Work' Control System' Codes (8) , Purchase Requisition Worksheet
-1
-( 9 Planning Check: Sheet (10) Computer Generated Work Package
-(11) Prevention of Moisture Intrusion Checklist i (12) Dual Verification Attachment (13) Instrument Loops Requiring Dual Verification of Operability
. . __=______-_________.___ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _
I l: l L l SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-CCCS l I MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISICN: 1 P:0CEDURES MANUAL PAGE 35 CF 53 l ATTACHMENTS (Continued) (14) Work Request Closecut - Additional Information' Action Form ('5) Lifted Lead /Added Jumper Modification and Restoration Form (16) Planning Instructions for Trouble-Shooting (17) Valve Order (18) Switch Order ; I l i t l
'- O l
i l l l l l 1
l z, J j
/
l . l SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-C006 MAINTENANCEfACMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 PDOCEDURE5 MANUAL' PAGE 36 07 38
/ 4
' WORK REQUEST l RANCHO SECO WORK REQUEST PREIS PRMLY USING ONLY 3ALLPC!NT DEN 4
-r a ca. RU ur s r. r.: i ..h r - ..ri. .,
u ~.~ , i
. n ro c rs : .n.ru m j w.c < o 4-"*- r. o . a l I VES [ NO C ' CNLY " .
..c ,7 -- ;
}.
i a.,c,w :.
/
an ~
/. Ju- %
... ..u .. a l ,u c
~
i i w..a i
. .. .. . w.a
't.\ i l
. uicro re% m.acue=,., -
~ .. nu o 3 l
.~ ..o=C l =C oC '
ves C woc [. ene C en .
.o a..c4m-l
^? .
A - . i Vf'"'" _ \9M .... . l.m.rn. o.
..o D ~.
..a J) -
, 4 connc11va Acnommona ensonuno zQ1 (
_W , R> t
/A ' E v n
=
... I o
M q m ; o O i e C 1 l
=
sc { l m i m i I C 1 C i r....-- . i ..c . ou. m 3 w 9,.2
.%... j .o
..o.-o ., ....o..... ; ,.. ~ .. j
.,.a.co
. .u .o .. . ,0.. . z i
! C I
r.sa .aou swars come r.o , s, r so. .wisc. : l W l ta
. s ,
(- C
.. w
! co l 1
_n Attachment 1 l Page 1 of 5 1 1 i _ _ _ . - ~ _ - _ . . . . - _ _ _ _ _ _ . - - _ . - - - _ - ~ _ . _ - - - <
'?y;s
!w. l f4 ' ,o 7 l MAP-CC;5 l
.6 : MUD, NUCLEAR CRGANIZATICN NLt1SER:
.v : MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE- REyISICN: 1 l
W -
- ROCEDURES MNUAL PA3E 37 0F SS
- y k .
> 1 WORK REQUEST PRIORITIES l
FIRST SCX PRIORITY (CAILY WORK SCHEDULE PRICRITY) / M[i lM E. .$hif t jucervisor Emercency Maintenance (SSEM)--Emergency maintenance is r.orsally defined as work items which require immediate action to-
"' prover,t unit shutdown, unit derating (consistent with economic system Tetding), ecuicment damage, tech, spec. Violations, personnel P haa rds, or other significant problems. THis work may ce initiated
' , by)\ terbal request for approval to the Shift Supervisor.
I. Irmpfilf te Attention--Immediate attention WRs are defined as work items tMt require maintenance activity to be started that workday s (or,th9 hext scheduled work shift) if possible. Work should continue on this item on a scheduled basis until it is complete, Immediate
, 3 Attentice Work Requests are processed through use of a purple sheet.
R. Rbutine--RoutineWRsare'definedasnormalworkitemsthatdonot require either emergency work or immediate attention. These work items are normally not started until at least 24 hours after the hR is loaded into the tracking system. This time ceriod is available and will be used for schedulina and olannina routine work activities. SECOND BOX PRIORITY
, E. Environmental B. Fire Barriers P. Interference Problem 0 Inspection (Others take priority)
A. Normal THIRD BOX PRIORITY
- 1. Work effort necessary to maintain safety to both the general public
) and site personnel. Work Requests in this category require review by the site Safety Department.
- 2. Work effort necessary to remain within license requirements as defined by Technical Specifications or Process Standard Action Statements. Work effort necessary to stop a' radioactive leak.
i I l Attachment i ! Page 2 of 6 l i,.'
Q7 .
. c
.(- ]
. , e u',
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION ' NUMBER: MAP-C005 s
-REVISION: 1 4
Q w
. MAINTENANCE' ADMINISTRATIVE
#RCCEDURES MANUAL 'PAGE 33 CF 38 ,
<a $ J i y ? WORK REQUEST PRIORITIES (Continued) j
, ?3.- lWorkeffort.necessaryto3cntinue'poweroperationorreturntopower operation'or' protection of plant equipment which could'af.fect power-operation... Work. effort necesary to repair Control Room instruments
.or Contro's'.
~
o '4.-. Work effort necessary to meet the intent of ALARA.
> 5. Work effort necessary to repair plant deficiencies. No effect on-Safety. Technical Specifications, or Power Generation.
- 6. . Work effort necessary to improve the capacity factor, efficiency or
. reliability of the unit.
- 7. Work effort necessaryLto improve morale, eliminate inconveniences, or...
1 reduce the loss of productivity associated with personnel efficiency. FOURTH BOX PRIORITY L l '. . Normal
- 3. Security Work Request -
l
}
MATERIAL PRIORITIES (To be used when WR is in "Part Hold"). u . P This. priority should be used for material that is needed as soon as possible and is presently affecting critical scheduled activities.
~The' procurement documents shall be hand carried through the entire process. Documents shall be clearly identified with " Priority P-1" tags or stickers.
The status of P-1 purchases will be upoated daily and continuous expediting shall be implemented. In addition, the originator of the requisition shall be notified as soon as the material has been received and.this material shall be expedited through Receiving.
.P-2 This priority should be used for material that must be obtained faster than routine handling in order.to prevent slippage of critical scheduled activities. The procurement documents shall be hand carried through the entire process. Documents shall be clearly identified with " Priority P-2" tags or stickers.
L The status of P-2 purchases shall be updated weekly and appropriate
-expediting shall be implemented to ensure that the need date for the
- materials is met. In addition, the originator of the requisition shall be notified as soon as the material has been received and this material shall be expedited through Receiving.
L, Attachment 1 L' Page 3 of 6
' \' ), j u ':, . ,# .'<
i . N JHUD, titLEA44RGAN::AT::N tiLMEER: ':A.:-;;;5 y REVISICN: 1 MA*iNTENAhCE ACHINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PANUAL _, PAfd 39 OF 39
.t a '
-G j./' 1l . t(-
y'? .
,9 a.N
-> m WORK REQUEST PRIORITIES (Contiradd)-
'h .7 %
1This priority should .be used f6r tn,terial ylth neto datstbat .ilkw f,!
)'. ; <<> ;. P-3
.for routine handling of the procurJt4r.t documents, The sta >25 of all l -/>' : ., P-3 procurement will be p.rovi l
. the-due, jatt:and will be evald,ded ated 'for /ut ifotnt theruterial -is notireceived expediting. The by 3
', orfginator of the requisition '1haU be ~ nntified when the material has i g ,been receivi.d. ,
y. P-4 ,Thn,is for routine procurement?!.ut;are not expected to need excediti39 in any phase of handling, The status will be required on 3 L a,rcquest tasis only'.
, i 4
4 k E. 4
- .. .j .
t l (<; .( e j-
.r 4..,.-
i
\t I
t) 1 i i n ;i
- ),
ff ( / * ' ' I l lll. i tv ' r )
.J t i
- 3. -
, r
. Attachment 1 Page 4 of 6
.c ,.
} l N, , 3 , f I _ _ ._ _
o my
5t;'
%~ ' SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMSER: MAP-0C05
' W " MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REV!SION: 1-
,s 3g PROCEDURES MANUAL PaGE 20 CF 98 i
STATUS CODES (MIMS) l lCSL LCOLD SHUTDOWN PLANT. CONDITION REQUIRED 9* EO EQUIPMENT OUTAGE CONDITION REQUIRED
- H0 HISTORY ONLY!(DOCUMENTS M/TE. USAGE)'
~SH HOT SHUTDOWN PLANT. CONDITION REQUIRED MC MAINTENANCE' COMPLETED MV- . MAINTENANCE VOIDED /NO WORK PERFORMED MX MAINTENANCE COMPLETE... TRANSFER TO HISTORY NRJ NOT RELEASED BY SCHEDULING
'PC ' PREVENTIVE-MAINTENANCE COMPLETED PI PREVENTIVE MAINTEN.ANCE INCOMPLETE / HOLD
~
PM -PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE OUTSTANDING PO- POWER OPERATION PLANT CONDITION REQUIRED PT PARTS DELAYING COMPLETION OF HORK PV : PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE VOIDED...NOT DONE PX. PREVENTIVE-MAINTENANCE COMPLT...XFER TO HISTORY RC REFUELING MAINTENANCE COMPLETED RF- REFUELING PLANT CONDITIONS REQUIRED 1
.RV REFUELING MAINTENANCE VOIDED....NOT DONE RX REFUELING MAINTENANCE COMPLETE...XFER TO HISTORY i
Attachment 1 s 1 Page 5 of 6
i 1 i 1 1 1 l i 1 wL.D.
., n , . Lf ,
, - n, R , ,wn ,. ,- . A. , -n.a 4 - m.1 a.,L h o t s i.cn-vuuo- ---.
l MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: F p qr_ ce_m.uV3 p u_ _ P r;:_ M 'sV Q
. A.
l
' POST' MAINTENANCE / MODIFICATION TEST FORM WORK' REQUEST / TEST NO.: -
PLANNER:- DATE: EQUIP 10: SYSTEM: PROJ CLS: EQU1P TITLE: PRIORITY: RESP TESI REQUIRED TEST]NC (PROCD OR DESC): GROUP (USE ONE FORM FOR EACH TEST) R
.EN.A.R..X..$..:.............................................................................................
SHIFT SUPV TEST AUTHORIZATION: DATE: TIME: CAllBRATED TEST EQUIP SERIAL NUMBER RECALIBRATION DUE
....................................... , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......................:............... r o
pg M
. :s TEST RESULTS m o
C
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A m
? l %
............................... g .
...g.. T"."i. . ........ 6 - -
-w m
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .. ........................ 4
................................g. ..... [
d
................................................................ Er
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ......... ........ . ......... ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .o SAT /UNSAT: _ PERFORMED BY: DATE:
REMARKS: i.......................................................................................................................... I SHIFT SUPV l APPROVAL shirt supvi Ttut* cAir? Attachment 1 7 Page 6 Of 6 w___-.___-_._.._._ - - - - . . _
f L SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0CC6 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 l CROCEDURES MANUAL PAGE J2 CF 35 l l WORK REQUEST CONTINUATION FCRM
. i I
l l i i ! , ; , i f I ! ' ' .i I . l s i a e i i l i : l l i l' I i ! 5 ! !
! f i i i ,
d i l l l l . ;
- 1 i
% I i ,
3 I ! i i i i i; i : . 2 l l 1 l l; l ! i l I i ! I I U N ' j l l l l ! l
} l l i l
l'! l l!ll ! i , i ! E
! l l j ; '
i R i i !: 2 I l , i 0 E .
' ! l Il' '
I l ! l lb i ! [ : .i ! , < l 3 . E L [ I jl - t O I j i 53 l c% ' . ; .__.:
! !g _
i , a i i 0 I u u !
> 'il I
l i I til : I, 3 S , t O 8 l l t ' til ! I l !' l g - - i l W i g z ! O e @ l a E v I
.. U !
- i 5 ,
{ l 5 E 2 a d 3 o . i ic
'E a -
o x
^
Is ,
# E w 2 E
a . ldE E a
!!!l.8 i ll x s a i 1 :
3 8 l D l , Attachment 2 Page 1 of 5
l l ~
- i. SMUD, NUCLEAR CRGANICATICN M'MSER: MAP-CCC5 l' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE ~REV!SION:'l l PROCEDURES MANUAL 02GE 23 CF :E WORK RECUEST CONTINUATION FORM (C;:ntinued) i 4 i e , !
8' ' i ! 5
! ! l ,
+
l 1 t :
; j. '
l l _0 j ,i'
$ 4 i ! ! ! ) I i L ! ,
x
!l
! l 4 l l . , < i l
. a h
x l .
-i i i i !
l l l jl !lll i : i - i
$ $ I t i
!l:-lll-lll
- l ; r l I l l lI !i j ! l l !i ... I E i i I : j l l l l I; 2 I
I ! I j l l lIl' I 2 i l :
' , ! 'i , !
'i C , .
1 l ll li !l illll l I l
!j!I
. I l
E B1 ! c s a +v
> 5 l g
/ el m 3
'l d '
E
> M. D i
E 1.g I o u li'
@, , j l l
1 y
> q -
m .i m ,I l g ! j
, 1 o -
= 1 4
N z 1 g o J B 5 { 8 $ l 3 o , i I C \ o 1 er i N b u \ . O I f l h 3 EI i i i l i , ll 1 Attachment 2 Page 2 of 5 3 l
4 p Ji-SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-CCC6. MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE - REVISICN : '.1 peccEDUREs e nUAL. paGE a2 .cr 38 , WORK REQUEST CONTINUATION FORM INSTRUCTIONS f. l
~ .N_QTE: .This! form is only'to.be used.for Work Requests that are being. walk through.the preparation process when the. computer work control system is.
not available for use. This form may be used for continuation of any portion of the Work Recuest form that needs additional space. It shall be.
.used for activities affecting quality related work. requiring inspection. planning.
Work Reauest No. Transfer the related Work Request number to this block. . Pace No. It is important that all pages be numbered for proper accountability. Comoonent Description Describe the component involvedJsing clearly written text. Precared by The designated Work Planner shall sign legibly and date this block. Acoroved by The Discipline Lead Planner or his designee shall sign and date this block. Quality Enaineerina The Quality Engineer will sign and date this block for Quality Reisted Work Requests after Inspection Planning is completed. Item No. Each item listed should have a sequential number. 4 Attachment 2 Page 3 of 5
SMUO. NUCLEAR CRGANIZAT!CN NUMSER: MAP-CCC6 MAINTENANCE ACHINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 PROCEDURES MANUAL MGE 25 CF ?? WORK REQUEST CONTINUATION FORM INSTRUCTICUS Description This section is used for the maintenance planning or continuation of any other block on the WR requiring more space. Reference on the WR form must be made indicating that the continuation form is being used. For modification work controlled by Modification Procedure /Inspec: ion Standard indicate the work activity and the MP/IS number in this column. ANI/AI Hold Point This block is for the Authorized Nuclear Inspector / Authorized Inspector to designate hold points.on Quality Related Work Requests as required. INSPECTION METHOQ This column is used to include those steps where QC inspection is required. , It also tells the craft if QC notification is required. The following abbreviations shall be used:
- R Review - Examining a document for the purpose of determining the
( acceptability of the document with respect to specific requirements, or for the purpose of determining the acceptability of an item's attributes described by the document. I Inseect - An examination, observation, or measurement to deterniine the conformance of materials, supplies, components, parts, appurtenances, processes, or structures to predetermined quality requirements. (Documented inspections are the final verification of the quality status of the inspected attribute of an item or a work activity). H Hold Point - A designated stopping point during or following a specific activity at which an inspection examination or observation is required before the activity can be continued. QC notification is required. Work shall not proceed beyond this point without CC signoff. NA Inspection is not required. QC notification is required. If the QC inspector is available he will perform this activity. If an inspector is not available the work may I continue to the next step. QC will perform the activity at the time of
- or before the final signoff.
For modification work controlled by MP/IS's state "Per MP/IS" in this column. For additional attributes, describe the attributes in the description column and indicate the inspection method in the column that is consistent with the MP/IS's. Attachment 2 Page 4 of 5 1
SMUD, NUCLEAR CRGAtlIZATICN NUMBER: MAP-CCC6 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISICN: 1 P;CCECURES M NUAL PAGE 26 C"' E9 WORK REQUEST CONTINUATION FCRM INSTRUCTIONS For work that is performed by the Modifications Dept., the Field Engineer will initial and date this column. I Craft Init./Date The' craftsman will initial and date in this column upon ccmpletion of the step. CC Init./Date Quality control will initial and date in this column as applicable for each inspection. Remarks This section is provided for any notation that needs to be made. All remarks should be initialed and dated. Quality Final /Date Following completion of work, a final Quality review will be performed on Quality Related Work Requests. _ Quality acceptance will be indicated by Quality's signature and date in this block. ') i l l Attachment 2 1 Page 5 of 5 f - _ - - - - - - - i
SMUD. NUCLEAR'CEGANIZAIICM NUMSER: . : MAP-CCC5 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 PROCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 27 0F 93-WORK CONTROL S STEM STATUS ~ CODES Status, . Code Work Recuest Stajus Code Definitions
- 00. ' Initiation' of Work Request ~ (Committing.the WR generates Code 01)
- 01. Operations Coordinator Review 02 . Safety Review **IF REQUIRED **
03 Fire. Protection Review **IF REQUIRED ** 104- Implementation Manager Review **IF ' REQUIRED ** 10 Planning Supervisor Review 11- Discipline. Planner (Preparation of Planner Instructions) 12: Work Request on Hold (used by the Planning Department) 13 Engineering Review (assigned by the. Planning Department)
'14-19 <These Status Codes are to be used by the' Planning Department
(. 15 2 0 .. Quality Review of work package 25 Planning Supervisor Review & Approval 30 Work Package Complete 50 Work Request Dispatched 60 Fill in Work (Not In-Progress) 61 Work Request sent to the Responsible W6rk Group
- 62 Work. Request'on Hold (used by the Responsible Work Group) 63 Fill In Work (In Progress) ;
64 Work In Progress 69 Work Review Closure 70-79 User assigned Status Codes (these status condes are to be defined and used by the appropriate departments) Attachment 3 Page 1 of 2
)
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-CCC5 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISICN: 1 PROCEDURES MM1UAL ? AGE 28 CF 33 HORK CONTROL SYSTEM STATUS CODES-
' Status Code Work Reauest Status Code Definitions ,
81 Lead Planner Closecut Review 83 . Quality Closecut Review 85 Lead Clerical Closecut Review 1 87 Fire Protection Review 90 Work Request Closed 93- Void (Work Request has been voided see void codes) 98 Revised (Work Request has been revised) Attachment 3 Page 2 of 2
t t, SMUD,-NUCLEAR' ORGANIZATION iiUM5ER: lGF-00:5 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: -1 PRCCEDURES W MUAL PAGE J9 Oc 39 DEPARTMENT CODES AD ADMINISTRATIVE DEPT. EM BUILDING: MAINTENANCE BE: BABCOCK & WILCOX CO. CH CHEMISTRY CL. CALIBRATION LAB. CM NUCLEAR MAINTENANCE CONTRACTOR
- Ci iURBINE WCRK CCNTRACTCR . U
' EE ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE. ENGINEERING. DEPT.
EM ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE-ET. ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN DEPT. HP HEALTH PHYSICS DEPT. HV HVAC MAINTENANCE DEPT. IC INSTRUMENT & CONTROL MAINT. DEPT-IE INSTRUMENT & CONTROL MAINT.. ENGINEERING l II INSERVICE INSPECTION ME HECHANICAL MAINT. ENGINEERING MM MECHANICAL MAINT. DEPT. NE NUCLEAR ENGINEERING DEFT. NT NUCLEAR. TEST SUPPORT OP OPERATIONS DEPT. PS PLANNING & SCHEDULING 5e " QC QUALITY CONTR0b-
SC SECURITY COMPUTER DEPT.
TC TURBINE CONTRACTOR TE ' TEST ENGINEERING (STARTUP)- TR TOOL ROOM TS- TECHNICAL SUPPORT VW VALVE MAINT. CONTRACTOR HE WESTINGHOUSE CORP. WH- WAREHOUSE DEPT. I 1 4 I l l Attachment 4 ! Page 1 of 1
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGAtlIZATICN NUMEER: MAP-CC05 MAINTENAt!CE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 4 CCCCECUPES MANUAL PAGE 50 CF EQ ! HOLD CODES B Hold'BM Restraint C Hold CM Restraint E Hold EM Restraint I Hold IC Restraint L Location of Original Work Request Unknown M Hold MM Restraint ; l
~
N Hold Nuclear Engineering P Parts Hold T Hold ET Constraint _ s. [ Attachment 5 Page 1 of 1 l l
bIbYbN: NiE E 00fkk$TNhfk DROCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 51 0F 88 NPRDS STATUS CODES CORRECTIVE' ACTION AA. Recalibrates AB Adjust / Tighten AC Temporary Repair
' AD Temporary Sypass AE Redesign AF Modify AG- R? pair Part s AH AJ: .Repair.
Repigce Par {.( Component ) s)) ( s. AK Replace Component (s) AL Reseal AM Repack AN Request l'icense Revision l'
.AP Clean / Polish .
AR. Plug .g. S/G or Hx Tube) XX Other( explain -in Remarks) N Not Ap licable TYPE FAILURE A cal Mechanj$mical 0$hC D Electrical E Electronic F Other Instrument G Nuisance r N Not AppTicable STATUS WHEN DETECTED
-A In Service or Standby)
B gtqfServ{0peratingorMaintenance) ce (Not D 'InMakntenance N Not Applicable CAUSE 0F FAILURE A ENGR / Design (Hardware ; ENGR / Design B C Manuf acturing(Procedure)) D C. construction / Installation E Operating Error-F Maintenance / Testing G Abnormal Service Condition H Natural End of Life
~J Associated Devices K Unknown N Not Applicable METHOD OF DETECTION A Rou Oper or Log Taking B Surveillance Testing C Audio or Visual Alarm D Incidental Observation 1 N Not Applicable i 1
Attachment 6 ) Page 1 of 3
{'
.SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0006
. MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE- REVISION: 1 PROCEDURES MANUAL- DAGE 52 0F 99~
i- < NPROS STATUS CODES MODE OF FAILURE AA Leak AB. Crack AC. Breach AD. Ph sical' Distortion. AE. Ph sical Displacement AF Co lapse AG- ~ Fracture / Break. AH Won't Start / Move' A2 . Won't Stop AK ' Won't Close AL Won't Open AM Won't Ho' d AN Won't Re' ease AP. Out of L'mits AR Out gf Adjustment' AS Spurlous Operation AT. False Response AU Won't 0 erate Per Demand AV Low Out ut AW High Ou put AX No Qutput AY' . Arc 1ng AZ Overheating BA Flow Leak BB Corrosian BC. Blocked or Stopped Flow .T
~'
BD Low Flow BE High Flow
-B F . Noise BG Vibration BH Ooen BJ Short BK Premature Response BL Won't Run BM Won't Control lN Wog'keSynchronize BR Won't Turn at Speed BS Off Fraquency BT 0ff Voltage BU Contamination BV Won't Respond BW Erratic Output BX Intermittent BY Improper Timing BZ Won't Record CA Drift Short to G ound CB CC Short to L ne CD Short to P n CE High Leakage CF-InsulationDamage N o AppI!abe 1
gtachpengp
/
, SMUD NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NLMBER: MAP-C005 m MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE- -REVISION: 1 PROCFDURES MANUAL 'PAGE 53 0F 88 NPROS STATUS' CODES-CAUSE DESCRIPTION' AA Foreign / Wrong Part AB Foreign / Incorrect Mat AC Particulate Cont.
.A0 ' Abnormal Wear AE- Lubrication Problem AF Weld Related '
AG Abnormal. Load AH Abnormal Temperature
; AJ~ Abnormal Pressure AK Abnormal Flow AL Setpoint Drift-y AM- Improper Previous Repair.
AN' Incorrect Procedure Instruction AP : Instrument / Switch Miscalibration AR Insulation Breakdown. AS Short/ Grounded
. AT - . 0 pen Circuit AU- Contacts Burned /P'tted/ Corroded
.V A Connection Defect've
.AW Circuit Defective AX Burned / Burned Out
.AY Electrical Overload AZ- Material Defect BA Excess Vibration BB Fire Explosion BC Natural Catastrophe 80 Cyclic Fatigue
~ /,.
BE Dirty - . 1 BF Blocked / Obstructed BG Stress Corrosion BH Out of Calibration UK Unknown XX Other-(Explain' in Remarks) i N Not Applicable EFFECT ON PLANT A Reduced Power Operation B Unit Off-Line C Reactor Trip 0 Personnel Injury -l Excessive Off-Site Rad E b N$S nkfia!Effeck Not A plicaole l' N EFFECT ON SYSTEM A Loss of System Function B Degraded Sys Operation C Loss of Redundancy 0 . Loss of Subsys/ Channel E No Significant Effect ) N Not Applicable ! Attachment 6 Page 3 of 3 ! i l _ _. ____- _ ___ a
UR ; r V ' ' tr . 4 i , 1 f
' . SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION. NUMSER: MAP-CCC6 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: .1-PROCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 54 0F 88-jfDRK CONTROL' SYSTEM COCES l
VOID. CODES-
' 01 'Ouplicate Work Request
.02 Resources Not Available
? 03 Parts'Not Available U Funds Not Available 04 00 5 Plant. Management 95 Wrong Equipment ID Listed l 96 Work Request Not Required 97 Problem No Longer Exists 98 Work Not Reguired
'N i
WORK TYPE CODES The Work Type indicates the maintenance type for'this Work Request. Valid Work' Types are as.follows: C- Corrective
'R Retest A ' Auxiliary-Work Request M Modification P Preventive . Maintenance I Inservice Inspection T -Inservice Testing S Surveillance Testing TYPE MAINTENANCE CODES P (Plant) Indicates maintenance performed on installed equipment T (Test) Indicates maintenance performed on measurement an test equipment F (Facility) Indicates maintenance performed on anything except installed -
equipment or measurement and test equipment Attachment 7 Page 1 of 3 u _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
[- 0 ., SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-;C;5 h ' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVIS:0N: 1 PROCEDURES MANUAL MGE 55 OF 88 WORK CONTROL SYSTEM CODES L j .:
' PLANT STATUS REQUIRED CODES u RF Refueling Shutdown L CS Cold Shutdown
, .HS Hot Shutdown l- PO - Plant Operations AC .Any Condition SC. . Shutdown-Condition EQUIPMENT MODE REQUIRED CODES RNG. Running CLR- C1 eared' l STB Standby SHD Shutdown l
_TST. In Test PRIORITY CODES
'p First Position _
- l. Work effort necessary to maintain safety to both the general public.and site personnel. Work Requests in this category require review by the site-Safety Department. l
- 2. Work effort necessary to remain within license requirements as defined by Technical Specifications or_ Process Standard Action Statements.
Work effort necessary to repair a radioactive leak.
- 3. Work effort necessary.to continue power operation or return to. power operation or protection of plant equipment which could affect power operation. Work effort necessary to repair Control Room instruments 'or -
controls.
- 4. Work effort necessary to meet the intent of ALARA.
- 5. Work effort necessary to repair plant deficiencies. No effect of Safety, Technical Specifications, or Power General.
- 6. Work effort necessary to improve the capacity factor, efficiency or ;
reliability of the unit. 1
- 7. Work effort necessary to improve morale, eliminate inconveniences, or reduce the loss of productivity associated with personnel efficiency. l Attachment 7 Page 2 of 3
_ = _ _ _ _ . _ _ _
.i
_. _ _ = _ a q, g SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-CCC5 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 PROCEDURES-MANUAL PAGE -56 CF 90 _,__.
, WORK CONTROL SYSTEM CODES
' Priority Codes (Conti nu ed) -
Second Position.'(Daily Work Schedul'e Priority) E. . Shift Supervisor Emercency Maintenance -- emergency maintenance is normally defined as work items wnich require immeciate action to prevent unit shutdown, Unit derating (consistent. wi:h . economic system loading), equipment damage, Tech. Spec-
. violations, . personnel hazards, or other significant problem.
This work.may be initiated. by a verbal request .for approval to-the Shift Supervisor. I. 'Immediate Attention -- Immediate attention WRs are defined as work items that require maintenance activity to be started that work day (or the next scheduled work shift) if possible, work should continue on this item on a scheduled basis.until it-i; complete /. R. Routine - Routine WRs are defined as normal work items that do not require either emergency worker immediate attention. These m work items are normally not started until at least 24 hours ) after the'WR is loaded into the tracking system This time ceriod is available and will be used for schedulina and clannine routine work activities. Attachment 7 Page 3 of 3
v.s . E SMUD, NUCLEAR CRGANIZATIC:i NL'M5ER: MAP-CCC5 1 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1-cPCCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 57 0F 93' PURCHASE REQUISITION WCRKSHEET
, i- .i e
.. 'i l 'i!- ' '
i
, i i i ,
[l ;
.j.; I
- f. l I i 1 l l-i i !
{, 1 i h! ; ; F -! j j f
!- i l i , , j 2 I l9 :. . .
4 ju , ; r . i , . : 1 :! ! w ! f . !. ' ! . i l f I ' m g.!! i-l - { l l -l > l u_ g. e g
, j.l-l w g> p i-! , l- : i I l 1 l - .- l : , a j i
*mt!Ik; i l-l l!
i i l i 2 I 3 $5i 4 i ; , 4 , -:- il E* d : a: . , . i- == s A ;*i j i : g - I IIi I i l 1 'l ,) { w i I i i ! l ! I l ! 1 !- j~' .3 d i j
. jit' -!3 5
!j 5
a- :: e E:l
- g 8
0 0 ![ o i 3 !c g =
/
- v.
gl W Eu ! s!
! i-z o !
t
<j W!
< gia : o ,
o l P I. a t s 5 M
# , B- v Cy "u 5** 8 W i I
o I E E. e o w a - - m .: ao g f -
= i =. i; s ,1 U 1 I
) 13 x [*a i :s
- s ha y s e s
- [-
9 a 2 Is{ I l l l l l l l l l l l l O g 5 : 59:1 i
' l I l l I I1 I I I11 *:
= 1 s ; 6 9 i o~ . - -
y =
!g
..o
=
8 3 *g g e t : I- h
- o : i 1r a
- a a sE r5
- E, l l l l ! ! ! ! .!5 585!
l l l l l l l l l l !! c= 9
. , ! I k- h 5 I l a v
!!! l :; ,es !! li=
5 3 i 731 { ( i I i : { i i i I t l
- i;3 3 liw 'l5 z.: ,e Mio .* :i- -
3 s g Attachment 8 Page 1 of 1 = x = = = :__ _ _ . - - - - - --
g .3 ..-
~ - -
f
,l!
. SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION- ,
NUMBER: MA P-C00 6 '-
' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATE *VE REVIS*CN:'ic PROCEDURES MANUAL' PAGE 58' CF 88 PLANNING CHECK HEET EL60U10c_ggggE_guggI 4 . WORK _REQUECT r> . _,_ EQUIP ID _
__ SYOTEM _ Q CLASG
. I'L/.M N ER_____
- Fit 9:E!'URES EEOUIRED _ _
-i M 114'RCO. CYOTEMC:- RCS.-SIM, PLC, CFE,.BWG, DilS , ~ DMW, RCI? CBS, CRD, '
1 ((-.).-YES '( ) NO- PRT,.RGS, AND SFC. l l' 4 , r e 4 4 . . . . . . . . . e e . . . . . . , , , , e 6 , , 4 e + . e k e * , . * , * , ~- -
! . . . . . . . . . 4,4 , + . . . . .
- l CLEAR).t!CE' itE~,'11REDi ). YES ( .) NO RWP (-) YES.(~) NO f CC IITFECTICH ' ( ) YES ( ) NO CAFETY DEFT. ( ) YES ( ) -NO ,
I
'I, WELD!MG f ) YES (' ) NO- TORQUING REQUIRED. ( ) YES ( ) NO .I s
N'*R ' ( ) YES ( ) ' NO - EAR ( ; YES ( ) Nu i l.JCS' WALK DOWH ( ) YES ( ) NO- LOG 8 EAR.8 SEf'URITY - ! )'YES ( ) NO - RIGGING M.133 i ) YES ( ) NO , a.
. SECTION XI' .( ) YES ( )'NO ~ MACHININC ( ) YES ( ) NO I,.
SCAFFOLDING -( ) YES ( ) No AVY' LOAD M.135 ( ) YES (.) 'N0 - FREEZESE5L1 (') YES- ( .) NO INCULATION (') YES ( ) NO IGN. COURCE PERMIT I ) YE3 ( ) N MEL SH CORRECT . ( ) YES,n (n)s.NO u .
. , , , , , . . < . . . ., . . , , , , n re e n , , ,,<r,,,,. n er.,,,nre v n e. n
........... ..,u e,e,...***** C (s.IFORMAT ION ON LY + + " * * * * * " * * * * + + * * * * * *
- T ART 3' VERIFIED IN STOCKi A I
- =
M PARTS ORCETID:. ____ _ MATERIAL REQUEST LOG s . PURCHASE REQUEET 2: TOOLS RECUIFII" _ PHYSICAL LOCATION: __ __ _ MEL SHEET CHANGES IDENTIFIED: CCMMENTT:____ ___ ___________ ________________ - _ __ j ij Attachment 9 Page 1 of 1
f: L SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMEER: MAP-CCC6 L.- MAINTENANCE ACHINISTRATIVE REVISICN: 1l' P00CEDURES MANUAL 2 AGE 9 N 20 CCMPUTER GENERATED WORK PACKAGE l l
- R:G:::n
.....................................................................f...a:
WCRK REOUIST f - E'.U:PMENT :: S 's i r l1 WR SAFETY CLASS- PROJECT CLASS RESPCNS;SLE DEPT WCRK TYPE PLANT STATUS. RECD ~ -~ PRICRITY
- lN00ST SAFETY 2CLATO:-
CUTAGE # MIL 5370 LIE ECNs ~~ REV1 -
- F!RE PRCT RELATCO
- N:T:ATCR - NCR4- a:14 ~~~
- sE:TR:T: :: . A r:: .
, TYPE MAINT ~ ~
LOCATICN * !CNITICN SCURCZ AND SECTION XIs. REPAIR REPLACEMENT -
- CCMEUSTISLE MATER!AL
- SECTION I/SECTION VIII REPAIR _ ~ ENVIRON QUAL ,
- TAG REQUIRED
- ECUIP DESC DEFICIENCY TAG # ACCCUNT i ~~
- TEST TAG ROCU!a:D- -
- A8HCRMAL TAG RCOUIRED*
. PMT RCOUIRCD -
- A5ME CCDE RCLATCD a SHIFT.MGMT LOG. ENTRY
- PROBLEM / WORK REQUESTED DESCRIPTION A .
TECH SPECS -
~
%~/
CLEARANCE RECD.(Y/N) ,i aM j RWP ( Y/;N ) ,i LCO (Y/N) LCO ENTERED DATE- , E 4tEQUIRED IACK IN SERVICE DATE W .IME WCRK AUTHORI:lATION SHIFT SUPERVISOR LN/ OV / 6 N7 ; ATE
................................... ..Y,.. SIGNATURE WORK REQUEST COMPLETION WCRK PERFCRMED BY /
SIGNA!URE QAIE RESPONSIBLE FOREMAN /SUPERVISCR / SIGNATURE DATE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER REVIEW / SIGNATURE DATE WORK COMPLETE /PMT PLAN APPROVED SHIFT SUPV / SIGNATURE OATE
............................... 4.............................................
. WORK REQUEST CLOSECUT REVIEW PLANNING SUPERVISCR /
SIGNATURE DATE QE ENGINEER / SIGNATURE DATE ANII / DATE
............. SIGNATURE Attachment 10 Page 1 of 8
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0006 ! MAINTENANCE " ADMINISTRATIVE REVISICN: 1 i PRCCEDURES MANUAL PaGE 50 CF 09 COMPUTER GENERATED WORK PACKAGE (Continued) i 3 INSERT ATTACHMENT 10 CRIGINAL PAC :
................................*..........................................n WORK REQUEST i -
EQUIPMENT ID SYSTEM NR SAFETY CLASS PROJECT CLASS RESPCt:SISLE DEPT ;109 K *TFE EQUIPMENT LIST ENVIR PROJ WC a r: ECUIP ID DESCRIPTION SYSTEM CUAL CLASS C.:*/ r. nn _ _
~S7 _ _
%3 _ _
o V: n' n . . 4 ( V/ AN- _ _
/N v _ _
N( _ _
-nv
,% N _ _
A v
~ cr \ % _
y _ _ l Attachment 10 Page 2 of 8
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGAiIEATIc:q .
'.3 . - ~
-MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE
;;gg:-
REVISI bN S
- PCCCECURES v e UAL pagg g C 99 COMPUTER, GENERATED WORK PACKAGE (Continued)
CRIGINAL - 3 7 g_ e, 2A-- WCRK REQUEST i - S;gIpgg3; ;p w .a d ~';4 ACSPCNSISL; 3;PT yp; NR SATETY C* ASS _ PROJECT C ASS - _ FARTS INTORMATICN EST USto ISSiff PURCHASE CnDER/ PRCM*e D STOCK NUMBER / CAU DESCRIPTION QTY QTY NUMBER REQ $/ RESRV s
/
/
/
/
/
/
g , xx A (.~ . -LAv
/
o VN -
/f ,0 /
- 6\N #
n\\- f n N/ V f s~ x il N N q v v\\ v ,
/
/
/
/
/
/
l
/ l I
i 1 Attachment 10 Page 3 of 8 i i
/
f
- _ - - - _ _ i
,= SMUD, tiUC;. EAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0CC6 MAINTENANCE ADMIN!STRATIVE REVISION: 1 PROC! DUPES MANIJAL DAGE 62 C# 93 COMPUTER GENERATED WORK PACKAGE (Continued) CRIGI:AL PA3;
............................................................................z; ,
WCRK REQUEST f - ECUIPMENT ID 3Y3TI3 ) WR SAFET7 CLASS ~ PROJECT CLASS RESPONSIBLE DEPT - WORK TYPE - ) CWG P s, I D MECH ! ELEM ELEC CCriti REFERE::CI ;WG3 e I l 1 PRCCEOURES
-SUPPORT DEPARTMENTS PLANNER ~ EST WORK 7 0RT I F ~ ~~~" AT WORK DURATION CRAFT TOTALS RESP TOREMAN """~ ~ ~ ~"~ ~
EST CREWSIZE ~~~ ~ ~ ~ ""~~ EST MANHOURS EST TCT MNHRS EST EXP (MR) i ACT CREWSIZE ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~ i ACT MANHOURS l STEP /HCLD WCRK/QC INSPECTCR INST:tUCTICNS
. A '%
~
\\ 4 ,' i N N7 P E. PED SY I '
\U
/h FN)
HOLO POINT dT T ' b m -
'\N PERECRMED SY PERfCRMED BY PERfCRMED BY PERfCRMED BY PERFCRMED BY
-- -N,.- ._ _ . _
Attachment 10 Page 4 of 8
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION flUMS ER : MAP-CCC5 MAINTENANCE' ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1
- CDOCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 63 0F 39' COMPUTER GENERATED WORK PACKAGE (Continued)
CRIGINAL PAGO
..................................... 4............ .........................
ACRK REQUEST 4 - ECUIPMENT ID SYST M WR SATETY CLASS _ PROJECT CLASS RESPONSIBLE DEPT WCRK T'!PE 5TEP/HCLD WORK /CC INSPECTCR INSTRUCTIONS i PERFCRMED iiY HOLD POIl4T l PERfCRMED 3%
~
~
<\
m x v/ WN RMED BY. .
^ A l n\ \v .
A \)/ N> s g PERFORMED BY ] i
-. A. g y .
7 PERroRMED av { i 1 i PERfCRMED BY j PERfcaMED ar j J 1 EOLD POINT l l Attachment 10 Page 5 of 8 4 l 1 __ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ m ,
SMUD, NUCLEAR CRGANIZATICN NUEBER: MAP-CCC5 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 PROCECURES MANUAL ? AGE 51 CF 33 __
)
ICMPUTER GENERATED WORK PACKAGE (Continued) , Ca:::::A:, i n.::
...........................................................................n S';ST EM WCRK REOUEST 4 1- ECUIPME!!T :::
PKc. JECT CLASS REsecuS:st; EPT uCax ryPE WR SAFETY CLASS M EAS": RIM E:IT & TEST IOU!PME!1T i M & T ECUIPME:IT NUMBER /CESCRIPTICtl CALIBRATIC1 EOU ?ME247 :D / SOL ON L' DATE d j s
\ . -
L~ . A t Y* 1
\t>
n ...'................................ WORK PERCORMEO g
~ mv
/? 3 -% -
<x x -
N. )
.- j i
l f j i i I l Attachment 10 Page 6 of 8 s
i a l' G l I r I Je U D , J..%n e r. :.n, R c. , c . .. . , . . . , tt nenn.cni1y ;gt.;ggg : pgp ,ff;
~~~~
MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE , REVISICrt: 1 PDCCEDURES VANUAL p:n: n- ce c o_ >s .- L. g tr IV s i COMPUTER GENERATED WORK PACKAGE (Continued)
,e .
CRICI!iAL PAG: POST MAINT1:!!ANCE/.MCDITICAT:CH TEST PLAN..........................,.......................,,,.....',77 EQUIPMENT ID s'tSTCM WORK REQUEST # WR SATIT'l C" ASS PRC?ICT C* ASS REspcuS;3;; Ogp; -
.;cax C.,.pg -
..........e.
PRICRITY .. EQUfP CESC
, '~ PRi?CAUT!CNS iL' R, EI,ATED PROCS r
I ' ,! METHOD OF T STING CEPT i _ (' _
!r REMh9r$s
# cc v n av W
i ? i
+,
Attachment 10 Page 7 of 8 s
i SMUD. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: map _ccc5 MAINTENANCE ACHINISTRATIVE REVISICN: 1 DCCCECURES VM:UAL ::GE 56 C: 53 l i i COMPUTER GENERATED WORK PACKAGE (CCntinued) ; i PCST MAINTINANC2,MCDITICATION TEST TCRM IRIII::A' MJC ) 1 WCRK RECUEST i - ICU!? MENT ID ih ?:M WR SATETY CLASS PROJECT CLASS * ' RESPONSIBLE DEPT ~ .-iC R M !YPE ~ i rRICRI*Y ECUf? DESC TCST PL::R ]
.........r.r.................................................................-
l l l f' PRECAUTIONS RELATED FRCCS PERFORMED SAT tlEW ! } DEPT BY DATE ( Z .' tl) WRJ 1 !: METHOD Cr TESTINC l IT UHSATISTACTORY. CCRRECTIVE ACTICH TAKEN l 1 l i
..............................a.............. * * **. **<. .=** ~== = = = * ' * *
- l i
/
SHIFT SUPV TEST AUTHCRI::ATI$N SIGNATURE LATC !!MC M & T EQUIPMENT NUMBER / DESCRIPTION O 'BRATION EQUIPMCNT ID USCD C:! TATE l , C -
. 5%
k /
/?
% I I
REMARKS: i i j i PROVES OPERABILITY (Y/N) SHITT SUPV APPROVALI / / l SIGNATURE CA** "ME l i I l Attachment 10 Page 8 of 8
- _ _m=_ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ . . _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _
y .
, p, x ,
}
l [yGy y? ..
. ,, y , 4' y . ,3 , y, 3#. ,w
[,. y% SMUD, NUCLfAR ORGANIZATION. NUM5ER: YAF-0005 [%g h ,3 MAINTENANCUADMINISTRATIVE , REVISION : 1 m " ( d.19) PPQg DURES MANUAL 'DaGE 6 -' 0F 99 lpr
' .(3 3 (jJ a .,43 g >
l" i , 3/ .[ .PREVENTIO4 0F' MOISTURE J.NTRUSION CHECKLIST'
} ' q2g-; p? i..
~
3
.y l dnalysis of, squipmett failura show(that.oneicf the credible failure mody-
, A3 for eledrical. equQment is' the short-'out of circuits due to intrusion (f
$ T moisture to !!hd in)trhals of the. equipn'ent ;tnrough the eqeipment housir,g and/or 'the - juMtion' bon i s j f ' This checklist is to assist the re:ponsible fkeman in preserving the. 3 1 environmental pr.:tection boundary as a result of maintenang activities. I
,The responsible foreman shall deMrmine catagories to be inspected and Anititi when satisfactorily comphted. Those categories not included in the m ~L
<gg .\ aintenance activity shall:be marted N/A.
( Tha.checkHstconsistscIprecautionsandactions.whichmust.betakenfor i 9 Sich equipment category to maintain the. moisture retaining components.
,>' ,d. ilhoulita.siidaticn occur which wuld preclude.the successful completion of l-1 '
this checQst, the foraman er desynee shall contact the Nuclear Operations-
< i ,'.
EQ Coordinator.for assistancei l
,%j' -
D
$PLICES (t ' Raychem Heat ShritObie Tubing - Ensure thatienNare' sealed and. tubing is not cracked.
s h':" y{ ,. ,f t
. i Oko,nitb MM -- Ensure tape is in good cond(tien and is' nct? unraveled. .
8 Craftaman/Forema .%.
/
, , . 4 DNDUIT ((' Cond.Ait,- c Ensure covers' include gaskets nd< ecur tened.
, : ~, ,+
wj - Craftsman / Foreman , / 3f,< # i 4 g m Bisco LTA Seal - Visual spot check for cracking of local teal potting ) T compouric"
. l J- :p Craftsman /Forfman j i
m y , j E TERMINAL BLOCXS , j e 1 Terminal Blocks and chn'nsction puint's are~ free of moisture, corrosion, dust, j y carbon, etc. , j
$ Craftsman /Fdeinan '
)
b .. I(5
~
, . . lf f fp" s AttachWent 11 ~
3 Page H f 2 1 g ,l l l
- [' ,k 3
_m _ . - _ _ . . ._ __-- _. -
7 ,- .
.EMUD, W LEM FGANI U TICN- 7.'ME E E ; $P-IC:3 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE. REVISION: 1 PROCEDURES MANUAL OAGE 68 0F 89-
- PREVENTION.0F MOISTURE INTRUSION CHECKLIST (Continued)
JUNCTION BOX 1/4" weephole available at' bottom-of box and free of debris. Door gasket installed and in good condition. No evidence of moisture draining to l associated equipment. Craftsman / Foreman MOTORS / MOTOR OPERATORS Gasket material inspected and in good condition. 0-rings -- Inspected and in good condition. N-Craftsman / Foreman \_, CONAX CONNECTORS
^
r . 4 Ensure that.the connec a exposed wiring are not damaged and that . moisture:is not prese ffy intimate contact of connector against inside. of conduit.and penet .. Craftsman / Foreman 'l CONTACTS Ensure all contacts are free of corrosion, rust, moisture, etc. Craftsman / Foreman ALL EOUIPMENT ENCLOSURES An inspection has been performed for the presence of moisture and that rust has not formed inside equipment. For equipment enclosures with space heaters,-ensure that heaters are operable. Craftsman / Foreman 1 Attachment 11 Page 2 of 2
)
R SMUD, NUCLEAR CRGANIZATICN NUMBER: MAP-0006 L L MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE- REVISION: 1 PROCEDURES MA'lUAL PAGE 69 7 39' DUAL VERIFICATION ATTACHMENT TO WORK REQUEST-(For Instrumentation Specified in Enclosure 6.5 Only) l Out of Service: Verification that proper Instrument Locp is being removec frem service. This verification must be performed by two (2)
, technicians sequentially, eacn independent of the other.
Work Request No. Instrument No.
^- anature 'Qata . Time t
Veri fied f s Verified - Return to Service: Verification of Instrument Loop operability following maintenance or calibration'. This' verification must be performed by two (2) technicians sequentially, each independent of the other. Sianature D.its .T,1m.jt Attachment 12 Page 1 of 1 _ _ _ _ _ - - -- - _ _ _ . l
i SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANI'ZATION~ NUMBER: MAP-C006 MA!NTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE- REVISION; 1 PROCEDUEES MANUAL MGE 73- 0F 99 INSTRUMENT LOOPS REQUIRING DUAL VERIFICATION OF OPERABILITY. FOLLCWING MAINTENANCE CR. CALIBRATION c , AE-53811' Post LOCA H2 Monitor Post LOCA H2 'Mor.itor AEiS3812 FT-20001 LOCA Long Term Cooling F1ow q FT-21027A Loop "A" RCS Flow to RPS.
- FT-21027B Loop "A" RCS~ Flow to RPS FT-21027C Loop "A" RCS Flow.to RPS FT-210270 Loop "A" RCS Flow to RPS FT-21028A Loop "B" RCS Flow to RPS FT-21028B Loop "B" RCS Flow to RPS-FT-21028C Loop "B" RCS Flow to RPS
)]
FT-210280 Loop "B" RCS Flow to-RPS : FT-22002 Letdown Cooler CCH Return Flow FT-23606 RCP Total Seal Inject Flow FT-23805 "A" Loop HPI Fiow FT-23806 .
"B" Loop HPI Flow FT-23807 "A" Loop HPI Flow FT-23808 "B" Loop HPI Flow i
FT-26003 "A" Loop LPI Flow
' FT-26004- "B" Loop LPI Flow
? , 1 \ I Attachment 13 Page 1 of 13 L
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUM5ER: MA?-0005 MAINTENANCE ACHINISTRATIVE REVISIGN: 1
??CCEDURES MANUAL DaGE ~1 C: 3E INSTRUMENT LOCPS REQUIRING DUAL VERIFICATION CF OPERABILITY FOLLCHING MAINTENANCE OR CALIBRATION (Continued)
FT-26048 "A" to "B" LPI Crosstie Flow FT-26049 "B" to "A" LPI Crosstie Flow FT-29103 "A" Containment Blag. Spray Flow FT-29104 "B" Containment Bldg. Spray Flow FT-31802 Auxiliary Feed Flow to "A" OTSG FT-31803 Auxiliary Feed Flow to "A" OTSG FT-31902 Auxiliary Feed Flow to "B" OTSG FT-31903 Auxiliary Feed Flow to "B" OTSG FT-50001A A-500A NSW Supply Flow 1 FT-500018 A-500A NSW Return Flow , /_ -
'l FT-50002A A-500B NSW Supply Flow FT-500028 A-500B NSW Return Flow FT-50003A A-500C NSW Supply Flow ;
FT-50003B A-500C NSW Return Flow l FT-50004A A-E000 hSH Supply Flow FT-500048 A-5000 NSW Return Flow j LSHL-48413 NSW Surge Tank "A" Level Hi-Lo LSHL-48414 NSW Surge Tank "B" Level Hi-Lo LSL-88701 "A" D/G F0 Storage Tank Level Lo LSL-88702 "B" D/G FO Storage Tank Level lo LSLL-35807 Condensate Storage Tank Lo-Lo Level Alarm LSLL-35803 Condensate Storage Tank Lo-Lo-Lo Level Alarm i 9 Attachment 13 Page 2 of 13
I
.E ,SMUD,' NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION, NUMBER: . MAP-0005.
^ MAINTENANCE ACHINISTRATIVE. REVISION: 1 PROCEDURES MANUAL -PAGE 72 0F 38 INSTRUMENT LOOPS REQUIRING-DUAL VERIFICATION OF OPERABILITY FOLLOWING MAINTENANCE OR CALIBRATION-(Continued)
LT-20001A- "A" Loop. Hot Leg Level LT-20001B "A" Loop Hot. Leg Level
.LT-20002A- "B" Loop. Hot Leg Level LT-20002B "B" Loop Hot Leg Level LT-20501 "A" 0TSG-Full Range Level LT-20501A "A" 0TSG Full Range Level to H4B3 and H3SSI LT-20502 "B" 0TSG Full Range Level LT-20502A "B" OTSG: Full Range Level to H4BS and H3SS1' LT 20503A "A" OTSG.0perate Range Level LT-20503B "A" OTSG Operate Range Level )
e, LT-20503C o "A" OTSG Startup Range Level LT-20503D "A" OTSG Startup Range Level LT-20504A "B" OTSG Operate Range Level LT-20504B "B" OTSG Operate Range Level I LT-20504C "B" OTSG Startup Range Level i LT-20504D "B" OTSG Startup Range Level I LT-21503A Pressurizer Level LT-21503B Pressurizer Level I LT-21503C Pressurizer Level < LT-21503D Pressurizer Level to SD Panel LT-21905 Pressurizer Relief Tank Level Attachment 13 i Page 3 of 13
= _ = - _ _
km , .- f 5 7
. . . , L SMUD, NUCLEAR OR NIZATdfi NUMBER: MAP-CC05 l' ' '
l
. MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE
-PPCCECURES MANUAL REVISION: 1 PAGE 73 C BS l
. INSTRUMINTLOOPSREQUIRINGDUALVERIFICATIONOFOPERABILITY FOLLOHIfGMAINTENANCEORCALIBRATION(Continued)
' LT-23502A Makeup Tank Level-
' LT-235028 Makeup. Tank Level LT-23502C Makeup Tank Level to SD Panel LT-26505 '"A" Core Flood Tank Level LT-26506 "B" Core Flood Tank Level.
- LT-26507 "A" Core Flood Tank Level LT-26508 "B" Core Flood Tank Level LT-29003 "A" Spray Additive Tank Level LT-29004 "B" Spray Additive Tank Level LT-35809 Condensate Storage Tank Level LT-35810- ' Condensate Storage Tank Level LT-47001 West NRW Spray Pond Level LT-47002 East NRW Spray Pond Level LT-48403 "A" NSH Surge Tank Level
- LT-48404 "B" NSW Surge Tank Level
- LT-70404- CBAST Level i
PIT-48009 West NRW Spray Pond Header Pressure PIT-48010 East NRH Spray Pond Header Pressure PIT-48011 "A" NSH Header Pressure 4 PIT-48012 "B" NSW Header Pressure PSH-53606 Reactor Bldg. Pressure RPS "A" PSH-53617 Reactor Bldg. Pressure RPS "C" Attachment 13 Page 4 of 13
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0005 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISICN: 1 PROCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 74 CF ES INSTRUMENT LOOPS REQUIRING DUAL VERIFICATION OF OPERABILITY FOLLCWING MAINTENANCE OR CALIBRATION (Ccqtinued) PSH-53619 Reactor Bldg. Pressure RPS "D" PSH-53620 Reactor Bldg. Pressure RPS "B" PSL-30182 Anticipatory Reactor Trip (Auto Stop Oil) PSL-30183 Anticipatory Reactor Trip (Auto Stop Oil) PSL-30184 Anticipatory Reactor Trip (Auto Stop 011) PSL-30185 Anticipatory Reactor Trip (Auto Stop Oil) PSL-31711 Anticipatory Reactor Trip (K-307A) PSL-31713 Anticipatory Reactor Trip (K-307A) PSL-31715 Anticipatory Reactor Trip (K-307A) PSL-31717 Anticipatory Reactor Trip (K-307A) ); ! PSL-31712 Anticipatory Reactor Trip (K-307B) PSL-31714 Anticipatory Reactor Trip (K-3078) PSL-31716 Anticipatory Reactor Trip (K-307B) PSL-31718 Anticipatory Reactor Trip (K-3078) , PSL-88903 "A" D/G AC Air Compressor Control PSL-88904 "B" D/G AC Air Compressor Control PSL-89021 "A" D/G AC Air Start Receivers PSL-89022 "B" D/G AC Air Start Receivers PSL-89023 "A" D/G DC Air Start Receivers PSL-89024 "B" D/G DC Air Start Receivers PSL-89103 "A" D/G DC Air Compressor Control PSL-89104 "B" D/G DC Air Compressor Control Attachment 13 Page 5 of 13
SMUD, NUCLEAR CRGANIZATICN lica5ER: MAF-.C;5 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1 P00CEDUCES MANUAL R2GE 75 Ce ?S INSTRUMENT LCOPS REQUIRING DUAL VERIFICATION OF OPERABILITY FOLLCHING MAINTENANCE OR CALIBRATION (Continued) PSLL-89021 "A" D/G AC Air Start Motor Pressure PSLL-89022 "B" D/G AC Air Start Motor Pressure PSLL-89023 "A" D/G DC Air Start Motor Pressure PSLL-89024 "B" D/G DC Air Start Motor Pressure PT-20519A "A" OTSG Pressure to Control Room PT-20519B "A" OTSG Pressure to Control Room PT-20520A "B" OTSG Pressure to Control Rocm , PT-20520B "B" OTSG Pressure to Control Rocm PT-20543A "A" Turbine Header Pressure PT-20543B "B" Turbine Header Pressure g_ PT-20543C "A" OTSG Pressure to H4BS and H3SSI PT-205430 "B" OTSG Pressure to H4BS nd H3SSI PT-21037 RCS NR Pressure to RPS "C" PT-21038 RCS NR Pressure to RPS "A" PT-21039 RCS NR Pressure to RPS "D" PT-21040 RCS NR Pressure to RPS "B" PT-21042 RCS HR Press, to SFAS Analog and SD Panel PT-21043 RC'S HR Press. to SFAS Analog and SD Panel PT-21050 RCS Hide Range Pressure to SPDS PT-21051 RCS Hide Range Pressure to SPDS PT-21092 RCS HR Press. to SFAS Analog and DHR Interlock PT-21099 RCS HR Press. to OHR Interlock l Attachment 13 Page 6 of 13 l' ) L__-______ - _ - _ _
SMUD, itUCLEAR CRGA1IZATICN ?!UMSER : MAP-CCC6 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATE!VE REVISICrl: 1 PROCECURES MANUAL 0$GE 76 0F 99 INSTRUMENT LOOPS REQUIRING DUAL VERIFICATION OF CPERASILITY FOLLOWING MAINTENANCE OR CALIBRATION (Continued) PT-26501 Core Flood Tank "A" Pressure PT-26502 Core Flood Tank "B" Pressure i' PT-26503 Core Flood Tank "A" Pressure PT-26504 Core Flood Tank "B" Pressure 1 PT-31801' Aux Feedwater Pp P-318 Disch Pressure to H1SS(E) PT-31803 Aux Feedwater Pp P-318 Suction Pressure to SPDS PT-31901 Aux Feedwater Pp P-319 Disch Pressure to HISS (E) PT-31903 Aux Feedwater Pp P-319 Suction Pressure to SPDS LT-20508A "B" OTSG High Range level Transmitter to "A" EFIC and to LI-20510 on H2SD LT-2050BB "B" OTSG High Range Level Transmitter to "B" EFIC 3 L LT-20508C "B" OTSG High Range Level Transmitter to "C" EFIC LT-205080 "B" OTSG High Range Level Transmitter to "D" EFIC LT-20506A "B" OTSG High Range Level Transmitter to "A" EFIC i LT-20506B "B" OTSG High Range Level Transmitter to "B" EFIC LT-20506C "B" OTSG High Range Level Transmitter to "C" EFIC LT-20506D "B" OTSG High Range Level Transmitter to "D" EFIC . j PT-20546A "B" OTSG Pressure Transmitter to "A" EFIC PT-20546B "B" OTSG Pressure Transmitter to "B" EFIC and to PI-20548 on H2SD PT-20546C "B" OTSG Pressure Transmitter to "C" EFIC PT-20546D "B" OTSG Pressure Transmitter to "D" EFIC Attachment 13 Page 7 of 13
l SMUD, NLCLEAR ORGANIZATION- NUMBER: MAP-COC6-MAINTENANCE' ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1-
?ROCFDURES MANUAL PAGE 77 CF 33' l INSTRUMENT' LOOPS REQUIRING DUAL VERIFICATION OF OPERABILITY FOLLOWING MAINTENANCE OR CALIBRATION.(Continued) i LT-20507A "A" OTSG.High Range Level Transmitter t'o "A" EFIC.and LI-20509 on H250 LT-20507B "A" OTSG High Range Level Transmitter to "B" EFIC.
LT-20507C "A" OTSG High Range Level Transmitter to "C" EFIC LT-205070 "A" OTSG High. Range Level Transmitter to "D" EFIC LT-20505A. "A" OTSG Low Range Level. Transmitter to "A" EFIC LT-20505B. "A" OTSG Low Range Level. Transmitter to "B"'EFIC LT-20505C "A" OTSG Low Range. Level Transmitter to "C" EFIC-LT-20505D "A" OTSG Low Range Level Transmitter to "D" EFIC-PT-20545A "A" OTSG Pressure Transmitter to "A" EFIC and to PI-20547 on H2SD PT-20545B "A" OTSG Pressure Transmitter to'"B"'EFIC PT-20545C, "A" OTSG Pressure Transmitter to'"C" EFIC' "A" OTSG Pressure Transmitter to "D" PT-20545D EFIC PI-10402B "B" Loop, F.O. P.P. PI-10403A "A" Loop, F.0.'P.P. PDISH-10800 "B" Loop, Day Tank PDISH-10801 "A" Loop, Day Tank PI-10800 "B" Loop, F.O. XFR'P.P.
.PI-10801' "A" Loop, F.O. XFR P.P.
PI-10802 "B" Loop, F.O. Day Tank PI-10803 "A" Loop, F.O. Day Tank Attachment 13 Page 8 of 13
c__. __ SMUD. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0005 l MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISICN: 1 0:0CEDURE5 MANUAL DiGE 79 0F 29 INSTRUMENT LOOPS REQUIRING DUAL VERIFICATION OF OPERABILITY FOLL0HING MAINTENANCE OR CALIBRATION (Continuea) PI-10012 "B" Loop, Air Dryer PI-10013 "A" Loop, Air Dryer PI-10014 "B" Loop, Air Dryer PI-10015 "A" Loop, Air Dryer PI-10100 "B" Loop, Air Receiver Te PI-10101 "A" Loop, Air Receiver Te PI-10102 "B" Loop, Air Receiver PI-10103 "A" Loop, Air Receiver PI-10104 "B" Loop, Control Air PI-10105 "A" Loop, Con' trol Ai r ')
.PSL-10027' "A" Loop, Manifold Press PSL-10026 "B" Loop, Manifold Press PCV-10059 "A" Loop, Control Air PCV-10060 "B" Loop, Control Air PI-10005 "A" Loop, Turbo Lube Oil PI-10004 "B" Loop, Turbo Lube Oil PI-10017 "A" Loop, Lube Oil PI-10016 "B" Loop, Lube Oil PI-10019 "A" Loop, Fuel Oil PI-10018 "B" Loop, Fuel Oil PSL-10004 Turbo L.O.
PSL-10005 Turbo L.O. Attachment 13 Page 9 of 13
S MUD .. c NUCLEAR CRGANIZATICN NUMBER: .MAa 0ccd L MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE -REVISION: 11
' PROCEDURES MANUAL cage 79 0: 9e
-INSTRUMENT LOOPS REQUIRING DUAL VERIFICATION OF OPERABILITY FOLLOWING MAINTENANCE CR' CALIBRATION (Continued)
PDSH-10203 "A".Locp,. Lube 011 PDSH-10202 "B" Loop, Lube Oil
-PI-10202- "B" Loop, Luce-011 PI-10203 A" Loop', Lube Oil PDI-10213 "A" Loop, L.O. Strainer PDI-10212 "B" Loop, L.O. Strainer PI-10207~ "A". Loop L.O. Strainer PI-10206. "B" Loop, L.O. Strainer U -PI-10215 "A" Loop, tube Oil.
PI-10214- "B" Leop, Lube 01.1
.( 'PI-10217:
A" Loop', Lube 011 PI-10216 "B'? Loop, Lube Oil PDSH-10203 "A" Loop, Duplex Strainer POSH-10202 "B" Loop, Lube Oil "A" Loop, Lube Oil PI-10201 PI-10200 "B" Loop, Lube Oil
-l' PSLL-10003 "A" Loop, Turbo L.O.
PSLL-10002 "B" Loop, Turbo L.O.. PI-10205 "A" Loop L.O. Strainer j i PI-10204 "B" Loop, L.O. Strainer
.PSLL-10017A "A," "B," & "C" Loop, L.O. Strainer PSLL-10016A "A " "B," & "C" Loop, L.0. Strainer r
Attachment 13 Page 10 of 13 ___-_-___-________-_a__-
s 1
"~
/ SMUD,-NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMEER: MAP-0005 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION:'1 PROCECURES MANUAL -PAGE 80 0F?S INSTRUMENT LOOPS REQUIRING DUAL VERIFICATI0N'OF' OPERABILITY-
. FOLLOHING. MAINTENANCE OR CALIBRATION (Continued),
PI-10209 "A" Loop, L.O. Filter PI-10210 "B" _ Loop, L.O. Fil ter
, .- PI-10213- "A" Loop, DP'L.0..Fiiter PI-10214 "B"' Loop-PI-10215- '?A" Loop, . Duplex Strainer PI-10216' "B" Loop, Duplex Strainer
- PI-10302 "B" Loop, L.O. KH Filter PI-10303 "A" Loop, L.O. KH Filter PI-10304 t'B" Loop, L.O. . Keepwarm PP ~
PI-10305 "A" Loop, L.Q. Keepwarm PP .. PI-10306' "B" Loop, Keepwarm Filter
.PI-10307 "A" Loop, Keepwarm Filtet q lPI-10006 "B" Loop,.F.O. Filter !
u PI-10007 "A" Loop, F.O. Filter PDSH-10014 "B" Loop, F.O. Strainer POSH-10015 "A"' Loop, F.O. Strainer
'PDI-10022 F.O. Fiiter PDI-l'023 0 F.O.' Filter d'- PI-10106 "B" Loop Starting Air PI-10107 "A" Loop, Starting Air LI-10400 "B" Class II, Stand Pipe J.H. .
l Class'II, Stand Pipe J.H. LI-10401 "A" , i Attachment 13 Page 11 of 13 i __:.mEe* -%- - _ . - . - - - . , _ _
o 4 4, $- I ..- SMb0, NLCLE/.R ORGANIZATI U. TU:5ER: M/,F - 2.J; d 4
- MAINTENANCE. ADMINISTRATIVE ~ REVISION: - 1:
i,'s.'L , penCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 81~~OF 88= 1 1 0- INSTRUMENT LOOPS < REQUIRING DUAL VERIFICATION OF OPERABILITY
- FOLLOHING MAINTENANCE OR' CALIBRATION (Continued).
'PI 10400
- - "B" Loop, Jacket Water PI-10401) "A" Loop, Jacket Water
' PSL-10800 S" Loop, D.. Fuel'Tk.
PSL-10801 "A". Loop', D. Fuel Tk
. LSL-10403 "A" Loop, J.W. Stand Pipe LSL-10402 J. W.-Stand Pipe PI-10404 Jacket H 2O
- PI-10405 Jacket H 2O PI-10406 . Jacket H 2O PI-10407 Jacket H 2O PI-10408- Jacket H 2O PI-10409 ,
- Jacket.H20 PI-10410 Jacket H 2O PI-10411 Radiator Yard PI-10413 Radiator Yard 4
PI-10412 Radiator Yard PI-10007 Jacket H 2O PI-10006 Jacket H 2O PSL-10006 Jacket H 2O PSL-10007 Jacket H 2O
- PSL-10016 "A-B" Loop, Turic 011 PSL-10017 "A-B" Loop, Turbo i 1
Attachment 13 ! Page 12 of 13 4
e < L
. SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION' NUM5ER: MAP-00054 v MAINTENANCE'ACHINISTRATIVE-- REVISION: 1 ORCCECURES MANUAL DAGE~ 92: Cr1 39 s
II I
.'NSTRUMENT LOOPS REQUIRING DUAL VERIFICATION OF OPERABILITY LFOLLOWING' MAINTENANCE L OR CALIBRATION.(Continued),
POSH-10213. "A-B" Loop, Lube'011 i PDSH-1021'2 "A-B". Loop, Lube Oil ! PSLL-10410 L.P.~ Jacket H 2O PSLL-10411; L.P._ Jacket H 2O
'PI-10500~ J.W. Keepwarm P.P.
PI-10501 J.W. Keepwarm P.P. PI-10502 Jkt.H O2 Keepwarm P.P.
, , 'PI 16503 Jkt H O2 Keepwarm-P.P.
PDISH-55704 Essential Air AP PDISH-5570- Essential Air._AP 4 PDI-55703J Air Handling AP. PDI-55704 AirLHandling AP ,, PI-99660 Fire' Protection PI-99661 Fire Protection PI-99662 -Fire Protection
~PI-99663- Fire' Protection PI-99664 Fire Protection PSL-10408 Jacket Water PSL-10407- Jacket Water Attachment 13
' i Page 13 of 13
l. 5' '
> MUD,- l;UCLEAR CRGAtGIATIC.': %MEER: "A.;-I . : d l
MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE- REVISION: 1
- DROCEDURES MANUAL- 0 AGE 83 Or !?
.HORK REQUEST CLOSEOUT ADDITIONAL INFORMATION/ ACTION FORM
'TO: .
THE ATTACHED. WORK. REQUEST REQUIRES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION/ ACTION: DEFICIENCY TAG HORK PERFORMED ECN/DCN REQ'D ACTUAL CREW SIZE /MA"FCURS NCR/ SERIALIZE /MIDR # HORK PERFORMED BY INSPECTION REQ'D B DATE/ TIME TEST. REQUIREMENTS ?> ' INSPECTOR'S SIGNATURE
-ENGINEERING REQ'D SIGNA 'R RESPONSIBLE FOREMAN'S' SIGNATURE QA CLASS #. [ ,'-
ENGINEERING REQ'D COMPLETE SIGNATURE EST' REPAIR TIME / CREW SIZE / MANHOURS SHIFT SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE.
/' SUPERVISOR'S SIGNATURE. _
HISTORY INPUT RETURN ENTIRE WORK REQUEST TO SCHEDULING OFFICE OTHER RETURN TOP PORTION OF PINK & GOLD T0 SCHEDULING OFFICE RETURN ENTIRE WORK REQUEST TO SCHEDULING OFFICE FOR OUTAGE FILE i i l i
. Attachment 14 I Page 1 of 1 i l
1
)
L E1__c___ _ _.._ _ _ _ _ _ ]
l ' SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION j NUMBER: " AP -J C MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE I REVISICN: i PROCEDURES WANUAL PAGE 84 0F E8 h LIFTER LEAD /A00ED JUMPER M DIFICATION AND RESTORATION FORM
*n R# PACiE OF LIFTED LEADS LOCATION DETERMINATION RESTORATION CAB, CUB WIRE # TB OR TERM PERFORMED BY VERIFIED BY PERFORMED BY VERIFIED SY -
EOUIP. ETC. CABLE # OR CLR. DEVICE PT INIT/DATE INIT/0 ATE INIT/DATE INIT/0 ATE r3 O W\\h
..e:xs;\\\WF
,, . M i \ y \
\) V JUMPERS INSTALLED LOCATION FROM TO INSTALLATION RENVAL CAB, CUB DEVICE TERM DEVICE TERM PERFORMED BY VERIFIED BY PERFORMED BY VERIFIED BY EQUIP, ETC. OR TB PT OR TB PT INIT/0 ATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE MODIFIED BY/DATE, VERIFIED BY/DATE RESTORED BY/DATE VERIFIED BY/DATE _
NOT TO BE USED IN LIEU OF AP.26 Attactrnent 15 Page 1 of I
SMUD, NUCLEAR GRGANIZATICN NLMBER: MAP-0005 i, MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISICN: 1 ! PAOCEDO:E5 MANUAL DAGE 95 0F 89 i PLANNING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TROUBLE SHOOTING l WR# f Effective Equipment: Brief Statement of work to be performed
- 1) The status of this eauiement during this trouble shooting activity should be:
in service in test eJ dtrically isolated mechanically isolated otheg,(exp)ainbelow) A <N
.4A\W 2)Workonthisecuiemed cause the below listed plant perturbations:
T
. i
- 3) The olant should be in the below listed conditions because of this activity:
I Attachment 16 Page 1 of 2 } L -- -- - - -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
~'
- i >
- 7 ,r.. -
l c , SMUD,. NUCLEAR-ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-CC05 MAINTENANCE'ACHINISTRATIVE REVISICN: 1 'i' Pc0CEDURES uANUALL PAGE 86 0F ES i PLANNING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TROUBLE SHOOTING (Continued)
~ 4) Initial' plant, system , train or component conditions required prict to the start of this activity will be-'
-i Plant:, l System:
Train: l' Components: Other: Conditions have been met M Initial by Work Performer-
\D nW '
'yt dnce initial conditions are met are:
'5)WorkboundariesfoArthis^<\
y
.c
'6) Actions necessary for Plant,. system,: train or component restoration are:
Plant: Systein:
-Train:
Components: Other: Prepared by: Date Planner Reviewed by: Date Shift Supervisor Attachment 16 Page 2 of 2 e L.-___:-----_-_-___--_-__._
l SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION ubMBER: MAF-UC;d lE N MAINTENANCE >ACHINISTRATIVE' REVISICth 1 PROCEDURES MANUAL- PAGE ?? 0F 89
. VALVE ORDER.
'1) Perform the'fol. lowing valving operation in the order indicated to begin work.
Valve ID- To Position' Completed Veri fi ed : 1..~ 1 : 1.2 1.3. 1.4
*' continued.on attached sheet.
YES [ ] . NO - [ 11
- 2) Disconnect. lines (using necessary radiological precautions per the assigned RHP and Industrial Safety pr4 cautions) as indicated below to begin work.:
Line.ID'and Connection Point Completed 2.2 . . ' ' . ' ' - N: ~ ' 2.3 AD. <. V 2.4 _ /N\ V
'
- continued on attached Th ht V 1,v YES [ 3 'NO [ ]
- 3) Reconnect'linesasindicatedbeiow. 4
. . Line ID and Connection Point Completed 3.1 3.2' 3.3 3.4-
- continued on attached sheet YES [ ] NO C ]
- 3) Perform the following valving operation in.the order indicated to restore equipment..
Valve ID To Position Completed Verified 1.1 1.2 1.3
.O 1,4
- continued on attached sheet YES [ ] NO [ ]
Attachment 17 Page 1 of 1 i
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0005 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE REVISION: 1
. PROCEDURES MANUAL PAGE 88 OC 33 I
L SWITCH CRDER
- 1) Position the following switches in the order indicated to begin werk.
~
Switch ID To Position Completed Veri fi ed 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4
- continued on attached sheet ,
YN fs b 6[] NO [ ]
- 2) Position the following switches stht'he order indicated to begin equipment.
2.1 - AN)Nss 2.2 /N\* 2.3 '%\ V 2.4 M
- continued on attached sheet YES [ ] NO [ ]
],
1 l Attachment 18 . I Page 1 of 1 END I 1,
- e-
- T i
~
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZAT10N. NUMBER: . MAP-0007
, REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE l0F' 9' LEAD DEPARTMENT . TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE 07-02-87 MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE MATERIAL CONTROL y ZL 9--
MAINTENANCE MA N R Date Quality Review Required- [X] Yes- [ ] No PRC Review Required [ ] Yes [X] No Revision-Summary: SCOPE OF REVISION - New Procedure , TRANSITION TO IMPLEMENTATION - This procedure is effective immediately. l i c .- 1 f i 1 l l
. l l
FOR IFORMATION ON_Y
9 SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBERi MAP-0007 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 2 0F 9 1.0 . PURPOSE _
- 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to prescribe the administrative guidelines for Maintenance ' personnel in handling materials.
1.2 The following areas are covered: 1.2.1 Receipt of material issued from the warehouse. 1.2.2 Use and installation of material. ,
)
1.2.3. Material handling and interim storage requirements. -! 1.2.4 Return and disposal of material. 1.2.5 Special material handling requirements. I 2.0 ' SCOPE 2.1 This procedure governs material handling by the maintenance department from the time of issue from the warehouse to the time' : of usage or return to the warehouse. ! 2.2 This procedure is.not intended to address welding, warehousing or procurement practices. These are addressed in the references listed in Section 3.0. 2.3 This procedure implements Station, Materials Management and Quality Assurance (QA) procedures. Im general, IF a conflict should arise, THEN the aforementioned documents should take precedence. i
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 ANSI 45.2.2 - Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and (1972) Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants. 3.2 INPO 85-023 Material Stcrage Controls (Good Practice MA-311). 3.3 QAP 6 QC Inspection l L 3.4 QAP 8 Identification and Control of Material, Parts and Components. L e _ _ -- __ _ -
I
~
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION- NUMBER: MAP-0007 REVISION: 0 : MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES ~ PAGE 3 0F 9
~ 3.5 QAP 15 Handling, Storage, Shipping and Preservation
- 3. 6' QAP 16 Inspection Status 3.7 QAP 17 Non Conforming Material Control 3.8 RSAP-0701- . Issue and Return of Items to Storage 3.9 RSAP-0702 Handling / Shipping Requirements for Plant Components 3.10 RSAP-0601 3.11 MMP-0024 Identification and Marking of Items l 3.12 MMP-0025 Preservation, Storage and Maintenance of Items in l Storago '
I 3.13 MMP-0028 Receiving, Storage, Handling and Issuance of Hazardous Materials t 3.14 AP.87 Safe Use of Hazardous Materials !
. r' - 3.15 AP.89 Hazardqus Waste Disposal 3.16 AP.74 Removal and Handling of Potential Asbestos and Asbestos Products .
4 3.17 AP.29 Use and Control of Combustibles and Ignition Sources 3.18 AP.63 Storage and Handling of Combustible Materials 3.19 AP.305-11 Licensed' Radioactive Material Handling 3.20 AP.309 Radioactive Waste Control Manual 3.21 AP.305-9A Removal of Tools and Equipment from Controlled ' Areas 3.22 AP.305-9C Decontamination Procedures 3.23 AP.91 Installed Parts Equivalency Evaluation Report 3.24 M.300 Series Welding Manual 1 _____m.__.[_____.______ _ _I_... ._
7
- c. ,
r: , y l f w .; e SMUD,.NIJCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0007 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 4 0F 9- r,
\\
4.0- DEFINITIONS 4' ' J Note-a 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 -Issue /Receiot of Material ,. . 5.1.1 The procedure does not address responsibiliths of wr.rehouse l personne for material issue. 5.1.2 1*Eepersonrequestingmaterial(requestor)shallcompletethe a Stures Issue / Reservation Request (SIHR) and obtain an approval signature in accordance with RSAP 0701. i 5.1.3 The requestor presents the completed SIRR Ip the Material Handin, 5.1.4- :J1 the meterial is QA Class 1, Environmental Qualification (EQ) I or related to'a Work Request (WR), THEN the requestor also presents the WR to the Material Handler. . 5.1.5 'When the Material Handler delivers the requested material, the requestor should verify that the item is free of d,efects, if such
'an evaluation is possible and material packaging permits.
5.1.6 The requestor shall confirm that ,the material shelf life has not expired.- .i y . 5.1.6.1 J1 the material shelf life has expired; THEN do not accept i material . . 5.1. 6. 2 In general, shelf life information should be provided for the T following materials: 'i {
- Rubber and elastomer components
- Silicone sealants '
Paints (some)
. Photographic material ,
. Photosensitive chart paper ,,
. Pre-lubed bear'ings (some) ;
- Capacitors, batteries and other comoonents containing i electrolytes
. Resins .
3
- Chemicals, reagents and organics G .
Plastic compounds (some) , ; Lubricants (some)
jff
.l!
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: . MAP-0007 i REVISION: O l' N, MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 5 0F 9 _f i l 5.'l . 7 The requestor shall confirm that the material Identification (I.D.) Tag corresponds to the requirements of the SIRR and WR. / f . 5.1. 8 ;The requestor shall confinn that material for QA Class 1 and EQ
- 0. applications has a SMUD Accept Tag attached (shown in OAP-16). A
, SMUD accept Tag is not required for items'on the exempt list-
< issued by-the Quality Manager per QAP-6.
Y , 5.1. 9
'Jf. a SMUD accept tag is not attached to material requiring it, THEN ask the Warehouse Operations Supervisor to obtain a tag in accordance with RSAP 0701 and QAP-6.
5.1.10 jf an item on hold is needed for int tallation, THEN it may be released after an NCR is initiated and dispositioned to authorize the conditional release in accordance with QAP-17. 5.1.11 The requestor shall notify his Supervisor if there are any discrepancies in the material or the issue process. 5.2 Material Usage 5.2.1 It is the responsibility of the Maintenance Supervisors to (~ minimize the time between the issue of material and its ultimate use in the plant. 5.2.2 As a rule of thumb, material should be used within 7 days of its issue. Jf. material withdrawn f rom the warehouse is not required for use within 14 days, THEN it should be returned to the warehouse in accordance with RSAP 0701. 5.2.3 Supervisors should use the " material reserve" option of the SIRR for WR and ECN work. Essentially, this option allows material that has been withdrawn to remain in the warehouse until it is needed. 5.2.4 The person performing the task using the material (the user) shall confirm that the material I.D. Tag corresponds to the requirements of the SIRR and WR.
^' 5.2.5 The user shall confirm that only material with a SMUD Accept Tag A' is used in QA Class 1 or EQ applications. Exceptions are as follows:
5.2.5.1 Jf. an NCR authorizes its use, THEN material without a SMUD Accept Tag may be used, f
. . _ = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
l n SMUD,NUCLEARORGAN5ZATION NUMBER: MAP-0007
. REVISION: O L ' MAINTENANCE' ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 6 0F- 9 5'.2.5.2 'E an~ item is on .the exempt list (refer to QAP-6) AND.its issue from the warehouse is documented on the SIRR, THEN material without a SMUD Accept Tag may be used.
, r 5.2.6 The user shall confirm that the material'is free of defects. 5.2.T The user shall confirm that the material shelf life has not-expired. 5.2.8 The user shall verify that the material is appropriate for the application. Specifically, the user shall evaluate the use of the material on the basis of common sense, e.g., Does it look the same as the part it replaces? Is the identification the same? Is the material's use consistent with its environment (water vs. oil). 5.2.9 E there is any doubt about the use of material, THEN the user shall. notify his Supervisor. 5.2.10 E a QC inspection raises doubts about material, THEN the. issue should be -resolved in accordance with QAP-6. 5.2.11 E a material is'not an identical replacement, THEN an Installed ) Parts Equivalency Evaluation Report shall be completed in accordance with AP.91. 5.3 Material Handling 5.3.1 All items issued from the warehouse should have their storage requirements' indicated on the material I.D. Tag. 5.3.2 .Although the time from issue to usage should'be minimized, interim storage of material is inevitable. However, storace or handline to a level lower than recuired shall not be permitted unless technical evaluation by Procurement / Nuclear Engineering indicates that temporary or permanent reclassification may be permissible without undue risk of ' degradation. 5.3.3 Unique storage ' requirements should be indicated on the material-I.D.. Tag and shall be observed. 5.3.4 The Maintenance Supervisors are responsible for. ensuring that material in interim storage, i.e., between issue and usage, is controlled and maintained at the appropriate storage level. 4 mi-a.a.m.- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _
r r-U ,77 m 7 g- = - Q} dp * ' g YH ' '
;t V
+ -
g . o
/g , x E
SK.iD, NUCLEAR. ORGANIZATION, 4 MIMf.R: M/.P-0007
., i . .
, , REVISION: 0
N' i - MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE FROCEDUR(S' PAGE 7 0F 9
+ -
'y 5.3.5 ~Tha Maintenance Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that
( 'consumables and generic' items' stored in work spaces are. p )g y controlled and maint31ned at the appropriate storage level. ( ;- . i v p: 5,3.6 e'
'The Maintenance Supervisors shall implement control methods as y required.to se'!regate corsumables from QA- Clast 1 and EQ r j' y .. y
)- 1 materials and applications,
/ M '4 5.3.7 The Warehouse Operations SuperEisSr can arrange to di1 pense bulk l
, a materials in f ractional quantitier,. or partial issues. This is l the preferred method fer control of bulk material. 'Q )- / . i f 5.3.8 Where partial issae by the warehouse is not a viable nethod for < J 3 l -controlling. n.hterial, the Maintenance Supervisors 'are responsible-
! for< withdrawing, controlling, and maintaining such ithms. at the apprcipriate storage level. Specifically: ,
5.3.8.1 The Supervisor '; hall withdraw the r.aterial .on a SIRR with no e other items issued. , ; 4 5.3.8.2 The Supervisor shall mintaib the meterial 'a nd its SIRR in a' 3
,. location under his c0ntrol. '
f 5.3.8.3 The Supervisor shali .isjue the material as necessar'y, , , 5.3.8.4 A copy of the SIRS, sig',ed and dated by the Supervisor, shall'he , attached to the WR.' 5.3.8.5 The supervisor shall rtaintain a log for partial issues and record W." p the number of the WR for'wnich the material was issued. 5.4 Returns and Disqogy
/
5.4.1 Return excess or unused items to storace using the Returned Material Request (RMR) in accordance with RSAP 0701. 5.4.2 Return Reworked /Wpaired Material to storage in accordance with QAP 16 and RSAF-0701. ; 5.4.3 JF a defective OA Class 1 or EQ item is removed f rom a system, THEN it shall be tagged and treated b'accordance with QAP 16. f J l f )
)
l , 3i , e ,/ ,-
?
i v ,, j t 1 _u_______________ ._ __ __ l e
i ll i-SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0007 li PEVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE' 8 0F 9' 5.4.4 Return defective items to the warehouse for disposal in acr ' dance.with RSAP-0701.; use the RMR to document as' fully Pt. ible the reason for which it is being disposed. Unusable
.eturned items have value which will be credited to the area' budoet. Depending on the reason for disposal, the.following-reclassifications are possible:
. Downgrade to a lower QA Class
. Transfer to other SMUD entities
- Return to vendor for credit
. Sale on open market
. Scrap.
5.4.5 Defective components shall be removed from controlled areas in. j accordance with AP.305-9A. 5.4.6 The disposal of contaminated materials should be evaluated on the basis of cost effectiveness. In general, IE the cost'of decontamination.is less than the :ombined value of 1) the material's market-value and 2) the savings of not generating radwaste, THEN decontaminate in accordance with AP.305-9C. Otherwise, dispose as radwaste in accordance with AP.309. 5.5 Special Materials 5.5.1 Refer to the following documents for special instructions for the handling of Hazardous Materials: AP.87 AP.89 AP.74 { 5.5.2 Refer to the following documents for special instructions for the handling of Combustibles: AP.29 ]' AP.63
. I
{ 1 { k e l
1
;o:
l -- SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION . NUMBER: MAP-0007 i REVISION:'O
' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 9 0F 9
- 5.5.3- Refer to the following documents for.special instructions for the handling of Radioactive Materials:
AP 305-11 AP.309 , AP.308 a4 '! AP.305-9C 5.5.4 Refer to the Welding Manual (M.300 series)'for Welding Material Control. 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 'The following. individual / packaged documents and-related correspondence completed as a result of this procedure are. records. They shall be transmitted to Records Management in y accordance with AP.8 or RSAP 0601. i
-kone 7.0 ATTACHMENTS -
None
'I
SMUD,. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0. MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 1 0F 55 LEAD DEPARTMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE
' MAINTENANCE PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
._ _____________________ M_ __ ll.b MAINTENANCE M R'/DATE
. PRC Review Required [-] Yes 'X]:No' Quailty-Review Required [X] Yes [ ] No s
Revision Sumary: SCOPE OF REVISION - New Procedure TRANSITION TO IMPLEMENTATION - This procedure is effective imediately. This procedure supercedes ' AP.650. w i
'M e
l l ll h __'-'f'- - um.s Am. u , - _ _ _ . _ . _ _ _ _ . _ . - . . _ _ _ . . - . - - . . j
p SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 1 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 2 0F 55 1.0 jh- PURPOSE ~ 1.1 To establish the philosophy, policies and details of Preventive Maintenance (PM) Program. 1.2 ' Discussion: .The' purpose of maintenance at; Rancho Seco Generating station is to ensure that equipment required by Operations to either maintain the plant at 100% power. or safely reach cold shutdown is available and will operate effectively and at peak performance. The thrust of the Preventive Maintenance. Program therefore, is aimed.at performance evaluation, resulting in action, thru the use of planned maintenance, to maintain peak' performance. Preventive maintenance designed to evaluate performance and identify potential problems will be called predictive maintenance. Routine replacement will also be an element of the program, as required by Equipment qualification, lubrication, filter change outs,. or other known.1if e components, as established through the predictive maintenance program or. other sources. These types of activities will be known as periodic maintenance. Since this program is based' on performance data evaluation it is ' , therefore dynamic and ls designed to allow change approved at a lower level of management than the Maintenance Manager, but requires a proceduralized Maintenance Manager briefing. (See Section - Trend Analyses)- All phases of this program are designed to be accomplished in conjunction with other plant functions. Preventive Maintenance
" change outs" will be done during the same out of service window as corrective maintenance and in most cases will appear to the craft as a step in the same activity. The out of service will normally be requested immediately prior to the normal surveillance' activity on a piece of equipment in order to allow the scheduled surveillance to act as the required operability testing after maintenance. The' predictive maintenance activity, vibration analysis, temp monitoring etc., will be scheduled during the surveillance to minimize equipment start / stops and y operational support requirements.
During operational periods when equipment can be run, deferral of or extension beyond 25% of the frequency of a predictive l maintenance activity will require the Maintenance Manager's L approval. During other periods the PM Supervisor may defer the activity. All Environmental Qualification activities must be performed within 25% of the due date. If an Environmental Qualification activity is not performed, Nuclear Engineering must address the question. of operability of the equipment. I l
'l i
i L-_ _
)
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION- NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 3 0F 55 Non prediction or non environmental qualification activities may-be deferred by the PM Supervisor with notice provided to the Maintenance Manager. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to all personnel within the Maintenance Department and addresses those maintenance activities performed on plant equipment which are of a preventive maintenance nature.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 Rancho Seco Nuclear Quality Manual 3.2 Rancho Seco Administrative Procedure RSAP.(later) Plant Preventive Maintenance Program 3.3' Rancho Seco Administrative Procedure RSAP-0803 Work Request 3.4 Rancho Seco Administrative. Procedure RSAP-0807, Post Maintenance !
/ -
Test Program _
't 3.5 Maintenance Administrative Procedure MAP.0001 Maintenance Division Organization and Responsibilities 3.6 Maintenance Administrative Procedure MAP.0002 Control of Maintenance Activities 3.7 Maintenance Administrative Procedure MAP.0003 Writing Guide for Maintenance, Test and Calibration Procedures 3.8 Maintenance . Administrative Procedure MAP.0006 Maintenance Work Planning 3.9 INPO Good Practice MA-307; Preventive Maintenance 3.10 INPO Good Practice MA-302; Trend Analysis 3.11 ANSI N18.7-1972; Administrative Controls for Nuclear Power Plants 3.12 EPRI NP-3416; Guide for Developing Preventive Maintenance Programs in Electric Power Plants l
1 y
- _____axn.w-a N asu n
r 9 SMUD,-NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES- PAGE 4 -OF 55 3.13 AP.4A; Safe Clearance Procedure Danger Tags 3.14- AP.4B; Safe Test Authorization Procedure 3.15. AP.4C;' Caution Tag Authorization Procedure.- 3.16 AP.305-4; Radiation Work-Permits, 3.17 'AP.29; Use and Control of Combustible Materials and Ignition
> Sources 3.18 AP.42; Maintenance Information Management System (MIMS) 3.19 .AP.3; Work Request 3.20' AP 3A; Daily Work Plan
- 3.21 AP.8;- Records and Information Management 3 . '2 2. AP.59; NPRDS usage Procedure 3.23 AP.60; Control of Fire' Protection Limiting Conditions for Operation ,
3.24- AP.90; Work and Test Authorization 3.25 1.014; General I&C Maintenance and Surveillance Guidelines 1 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Preventive Maintenance.(PM) Regularly scheduled inspections, tests, servicing, repairs and replacements intenaed to maintain equipment at peak efficiency. 4.1.1 Mandatory PM
-PM required by insurance, operating license, vendor warranty, government regulations or other safety regulations.
L 4.1.2 Discretionary PM PM performed at the discretion of plant owner / operator. l
.; 1 i
_____n _- _ - L
l k - SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 5 0F 55 4.2 Predictive Maintenance (PDM) 4 4.2 Any activity to analyze, monitor, and predict equipment performance so that planned-action can be taken to correct abnormalities. The following activities are typical: Vibration Analyses Lube Oil Analyses Temperature Monitoring of Components Nondestructive Examination such as, PT, MT, UT, RT~ Infrared Scanning Break Down Maintenance Trending Instrument Orif t Breaking Timing Acoustical Surveillance 4.3 Periodic Maintenance Action taken on equipment to prevent breakdcwn, such as the following: Lubrication Cleaning
/ --
Testing Adjustments Inspections Filter Changes Calibration 4.4 Planned PM That which is done prior to equipment f ailure. This could be initiated by predictive or periodic maintenance results, by vendor recommendation, or by experience. Planned maintenance is typically done during outages or on a spare or redundant equipment that is available during plant operation. This would include items such as the following: Overhauls Valve Repacking Bearing replacement based on vibration, temperature, or oil analysis. 4.5 Corrective Maintenance Repairs and restoration of equipment that has failed or is malfunctioning. _._______ U
l;. / SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 ]' REVISION: 0-MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 6 0F 55' 4.6 Discipline or Group l- Separate work centers--i.e., MM, EM, I&C, BM, TR, ET, or HV. 4.7 Editorial Changes L A' correction to a document that does not change, in any way, the overall purpose or intent of the document, such as correcting a typographical error, adding missing information, etc. 4.8 MARSS Maintenance and replacement schedule-summary calculation file. 4.9 Plant Equipment All equipment associated with the Rancho Seco Nuclear Generating 'r Station including that within the Restricted Area 8oundary, Canal Pumping Station, Site Reservoir, Site Domestic Water System Well, and Site Meteorological Station. Equipment at the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) is not included in this definition. 4.10 Power Block Equipment -- Plant equipment included in the definition found in AP.4A Safe Clearance Procedure Danger Tags. 4.11 Non-Power Block Equipment -- Plant equipment which does not fit the definition of Power Block Equipment in AP.4A. 4.12 PM Task -- a computerized record with a unique identifier (PM Task number) which describes the actions to be performed on Plant Equipment (s).
'4.13 PM Work Request -- a computer generated work request form which utilizes a PM Task to describe the work to be accomplished.
4.14 PM AC&O Form -- Preventive Maintenance Task Add Change & Deletion Request & Approval Form used to add, change or delete a PM Task. Tag 3446edh,4
- _ _,_ ._f_ *+--*-ee-m-a**.m-.ar-
V SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 7~ OF 55 4.15 EAR -- Engineering Assistance Request used to identify problems i which are not nonconformances but require engineering resolution. 4.16 Maintent, 9 History -- a written chronological record of activities performed on a component. 4.17 Calibration.-- work tasks to compare and adjust equipment and/or instruments to a predetermined reference value within defined tolerances. 4.18 Post. Maintenance / Verification Test -- testing performed af ter completion of a maintenance activity to verify and document the functional acceptability of the equipment. 4.19 Outage Task -- PM Task which can be performed only during a plant outage. 4.20 EQ'PMS -- those PM's identified by Nuclear Engineering as required to enable a component to remain environmentally l Qualified. i 5.0 PROCEDURE - 5.1 - Responsibilities NOTE: See Attachment 7.10 for Organizational Chart. 5.1.1 The Nuclear Maintenance Manager: 5.1.1.1 Has the overall responsibility for the establishment, r implementation and pe'formance of the PM Program. 5.1.2 Programs Supervisor: 5.1.2.1 Responsible for the implementation of this procedure. 5.1.2.2 Responsible to review with the Maintenance Manager the monthly and quarterly status reports. submitted by the Trend Analysis Group. 5.1.2.3. Chairman of the Trend Analysis group. 5.1.3 The PM Coordinator: 5 .1. 3.1 Is responsible for the day-to-day operation of the PM Program. 5.1.3.2 Responsible for inclusion of new PM tasks to the program as they are approved by the PM Supervisor.
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 8 0F 55 5.1.3.3 Responsible for ensuring PM task becomes PM work-request as required to perform the task. 5.1.3.4 Responsible for tracking all PMs through the cycle to ensure they are planned, scheduled, and performed prior to their due date. 5.1.3.5 Responsible to elevate any problems which may result in an. l overdue PM to the management level necessary to ensure the PM does not become overdue. 5.1.3.6 Responsible to provide information requested by the trend analysis group. 5 .1. 4 The PM Supervisors: 5.1.4.1 Are responsible for the overall PM program development, long term program scheduling and setting of priorities for equipment preventive maintenance. 5.1.4.2 Are responsible for the administration of the PM Program, but not the daily performance of PM activities. 5.1.4.3 Are responsible for reviewing, evaluating, and appr ving routine requests for changes to PM tasks. 5.1.4.4 Are responsible for the periodic review of each PM task to determine the effectiveness of the task as written and an evaluation of the frequency requirements. 5.1.4.5 Are responsible to conduct a' methodical review of equipment and components within their Discipline and to initiate additions to the PM program if needed. 5.1 4.6 Are responsible for the auditing of equipment history entries on j the PM Work Requests to ensure meaningful data / readings / information is recorded. 1 5.1.4.7 Are responsible for the transcribing, recording and analysis of i all trending data accumulated by the PM Program. l l 5.1.4.8 Are responsible to evaluate and make appropriate changes to the I PM program. 5.1.4.9 Are responsible for providing input to the annual budget for the ; PM Program, to include needs such as special tools and equipment, I expected man hours, etc. I l 4 m____ _. . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
l l SMUD, NUCLEAR. ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 .l MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 9 0F 55 { 1 15.1.4.10 ~ Are responsible to maintain-even manloading of PM tasks l'
'throughout the year.
5.1.4.11 Member of the trend analysis group.
'5.1.5 Maintenance Engineers:
5.1. 5 .1 'Are' responsible for evaluating completed Corrective Maintenance Work' Request (CMWR) and associated history files for excessive equipment problems / failures that would indicate additional PM or I more frequent-PM is necessary. 5 .1. 5.~ 2 Are responsible to inform the PM Supervisor in writing, using.the PM Improvement Program (PMIP) Form--Attachment 7.11 or Addition, Change or Deletion ( AC&D) Form, Attachment .7.3,. of j recommendations for the PM Program. ] i 5.1. 5. 3 Are responsible for reviewing and evaluating engineering . type ! problems that are discovered during PM, as requested by the PM : Supervi.sor and approved through the Lead Engineer. 5.1.5.4 Are responsible for reviewing calibration data accumulated during
-(_ the performance of PHr 5.1. 6 The Foreman responsible for PMs:
5.1.6.1 Is responsible-for the safe and timely completion of assigned tasks. 5.1. 6. 2 Is responsible for' the gathering of.the necessary. spare parts, d special tools, consumables, etc. necessary to complete the maintenance action. 5.1.6.3 .Is responsible for obtaining clearances and work authorization from the Control Room. 5.1.6.4 Is responsible to direct and monitor the performance of the Crew (s). 5.1.6.5 Is responsible to fill out PMIP (Attachment 6.13) forms as necessary when he or a craftsman uncovers a problem with a FM task or PM Program. 5.1.6.6 Is responsible to ensure the history section of PM Work Requests provides specific details of what actually was performed and information about the condition of the equipment, in order to provide meaningful history on which to base PM frequency adjustments. 1 , e 5
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 10 0F 55 5.1.6.7 Is responsible for ensuring the training and qualification of the PM crews in the proper performance of PM and to make evaluations of the condition of operating equipment. 5.1. 7 The Craftsman: 5.1.7.1 Is responsible for the safe and timely completion of PM tasks as directed by the Foreman. 5.1.7.2 Is responsible to provide recommendations to the Foreman, using the PMIP Form ( Attachment 6.13), on ways to improve a specific PM task or the overall PM Program. 5.1.7.3 Is responsible to use good working practices in the conduct of all maintenance and to observe operating equipment for indications of possible problems. 5.1.6 Environmental Qualification (EQ) Coordinator: NOTE: The EQ Coordinator will coordinate with the PM Supervisor (s) when adding PM Tasks for EQ equipment. Coordination is necessary so duplicate tasks are not generated for the same equipment when the , EQ requirements and PM Task can be combined under one task description. 5.1.6.1 Submit PM Task Addition, Change or Deletion (AC&D) form based on Maintenance and Replacement Schedule Summary (MARSS) Calculation file requirements. 5.1.6.2 Submit PM AC&D Form anytime a MARSS Calculation file change is made which af fects PM Task description. l 5.1.6.3 Submit PM AC&D Form whenever a MARSS Calculation File requirement t is deleted or an equipment ID is removed from the EQ Program. 1 5.1.6.4 Reviews and approves all PM Task AC&D Forms dealing with EQ equipment. 5.1.6.5 Reviews completed PM Work Requests dealing with EQ equipment. ! 5.1.6.6 The'EQ Coordinator will assist the Materials Procurement personnel with purchases of EQ parts and resolution of l qualification problems. 5.1.6.7 Provide the interface between Maintenance and Nuclear Engineering concerning all questions associated with EQ equipment. i l l t, - - - - - _ - - - - - _ - _ - _ _ - - - - _ _
( S -SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 bc REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 11 0F' 55 } 5.1. 7 Planning: 5 '. l . 7 .1 Planning is responsible for the planning and processing of'PM 0
' Work Requests as described in MAP.0006.
5.2 Basic Program Outline (see Attachments 7.1. and 7.6) for flow cha rting. NOTES: 'l. .The PM. Program consists 1of a number of computerized PM Tasks used to generate PM Work Requests at specific time intervals.
- 2. There may be more than one PM Task identified for any one piece of equipment due to difft.ent frequency requirements. ,
- 3. There may be more than one piece of equipment identified.on a-single PM Task.
- 4. If corrective maintenance items'are identified that could be worked with a PM, the item any be added tof he t PM task as a one time step or series of steps and the corrective work request voided. The sequence can not be reversed, (i.e.,
the PM added to the corrective work request), because this j
.f~ ,
would result'in t loss of. tracking of the due requirements of the PM. 5.2.1 Equipment to be included in the PM Program is identified by the PM' Supervisor either through a' review of existing equipment, equipment history or modifications to plant equipment (see Section 5.3). 5.2.2 Anyone may' request a PM Task addition, change or deletion by submitting a completed PM Task AC&D form to the responsible discipline PM Supervisor who reviews, approves or rejects, obtains any additional required' reviews and enters valid tasks into the computer (see Sections 5.5). 5.2,3 The computer generated PM Work Requests.are printed by Planning on a regular basis. 5.2.4 If necessary or desired to perform a PM task at other than its normally schedule due date, Planning can, upon request, print out a PM Work Request af ter the PM Supervisor has authorized changing the PM task due date and a terminal operator has entered the new due date. 5.2.5 PM Work Requests should normally be printed at least 90 days prior to the due date or as requested by the PM Supervisor. { ( 5.2.6 PM Work Requests will be reviewed by the Operations Coordinator.
U l i
'if SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZAT10N NUMBER: MAP-0009
' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES P O 55
'5.2.7 Planning will plan the PM Work Request in accordance with l MAP.0006.
5.2.8 QA 1 and 2 PM Work Requests will be reviewed by Quality.for QC t inspection;and hold points.' 5.2.9 The PM. Coordinator shall track all PMs through the cycle to j ensure they are planned and scheduled prior to their.due dates. i 5.2.10 The Foreman shall. perform the necessary actions to ensure the PM activities are completed as directed in Section 5.6 of this-procedure. l 5.2.11 Upon completion of. the PM activity, the Planner shall review the l completed work request for' entry into history. 5.2.12 Copies'of. selected PM Work Requests may be sent to Maintenance 1 , . Engineering for. trending evaluation,; f ailure analysis and/or ) engineering ^ resolution. .q 1 5.2.13 The Planning'~ Records Management Coordinator will' log in all i completed PM Work Requests on a Record Transfer Form (SMUD-1351) { and transmit them to the Records Management Group as outlined in j AP.8, Records Management for Retention. l
. ,}
5.3 Equipment Selection - Discussion: This section determines the definit. ion of the different categories of equipment and the general type of Preventive Maintenance each category may receive. The f determination of category is not optional and shall be observed { per this procedure. With the exception of EQ PMs, the types of maintenance performed on each individual component in a specific 1 category is determined by the PM Supervisor and approved by the Programs Supervisor. EQPMs requirements are determined by-Nuclear Engineering and implemented by the EQ Coordinator and , shall be included in the, program. I { 5.3.1 General 5.3.1.1 Category 1 Equipment must have some form of Preventive Maintenance. Category 1 or Mandatory PM Tasks are required to be included in the PM Program under the following criteria: i
- a. EQ PMs
- b. PM Tasks mandated by St' ate and Federal Regulatory Agencies, L Plant Insurer or vendor warranties,
- c. PM tasks as defined by Maintenance Management as being mandatory.
i L
. l r
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 13 0F 55 5.3.1.2 Category 2 Equipment must be evaluated for periodic PM Requirements. Category 2 or Discretionary PM Tasks are included in the PM Program a+ che PM Supervisors discretion based on good engineering judge" at. The selection criteria for this category is based on economic and personnel safety considerations. This l is equipment wnich, if failed, could have a major financial impact in the form of reduced power operation, equipment damage, personnel safety hazards, or increased contamination levels within the' plant. See Attachment 6.2 for Discretionary PM Selection Flow Chart. 5.3.1.3 Category 3 equipment may be excluded from being evaluated for periodic maintenance. Category 3 equipment is included in the PM Program as Planned Maintenance because they do not affect nuclear safety nor have major economic considerations. This equipment will be repaired utilizing corrective maintenance (CM) work requests, categorized as planned rather than corrective maintenance. 5.3.2 Mechanical Equipment Categories This section provides basic guidelines to the PM Supervisors for
/, the types of PM Activtty sponsored by the Maintenance Manager.
Individual equipment PM programs will vary. S.3.2.1 Manual Valves--Manual valves may receive operation inspections, lubrication, or acoustical monitoring. Category 1 Valves idntified as being mandatory for inclusion into a FM program. The purpose of these valves is Nuclear Plant safety. These are valves that are required for a safe controlled shutdown of the plant, maintenance of the plant within the shutdown window, placing of the plant in cold shutdown and maintaining it there, and also to mitigate the consequences of a radiological release. Furthermore, these are operational valves that are manually stroked during normal or defined emergency conditions. l These are not equipment isolation, maintenance type valves. The j selection criteria used to identify these valves are:
]
. valves identified in casualty and Emergency Procedures
. SFAS stand-by valve lineups as identified in AP.4 i
r 4
i SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 14 0F 55 , Category 2 ! Group A: Valves ard in QA Class 1 Systems not included in
- Category 1 and are 1 2%" in size. Valves are those that could have an impact on system process flows and are 1 2%" in size.
Group B: Valves identified by good engineering judgment as to whether or not they should be entered into the PM Program. Their inclusion is not mandatory. The selection criteria for these valves is economic, and selection for inclusion into the PM , program is on an individual basis. These are the valves that, if failed, could have a financial impact by reducing power operation or af fecting surface or airborne contamination levels within the plant. The selection criteria used to identify these valves are:
. S P. 214. 01
- valves identified as having high failure rates-- equipment history
. non-isolatable valves
. locked open and closed valves (SP.214.03)
. maintenance valves that isolate major equipment
. valves in Boric Acid Systems l
Category 3 Valves not entered into the PM program because they are seldom used and do not impact nuclear safety or economic considerations. Deficiencies identified with these valves will be repaired on corrective maintenance work requests. The selection criteria 'used to identify these valves include, but are not limited to:
. vent and drain valves
. instrument root valves 5.3.2.2 Motor Operated Valves -- General PM Guidelines include predictive maintenance, (MOVATS) Lube change out, stem lube, acoustic monitoring, ILRT evaluation, stroke timing and packing replacement.
Category 1: Those valves requiring Surveillance by Section XI of the ASME code as determined by Engineering. Category 2: All other motor operated valves. 5.3.2.3 Air Operated Valves -- General PM Guidelines include stroke time, acoustical monitoring, lubrication, LLRT Evaluation, and operating inspections.
t I SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE 1 PROCEDURES PAGE 15 0F 55 Those valves requiring Surveillance by. Section XI of
~
Category 1: the ASME code as determined by Engineering. Category 2: All other.QAl'or QA2 Air operators for valves. Category 3: All air operators not included in Category 1 or 2. 5.3.2.4 Check Valves.- PM Guidelines include acoustical monitoring and evaluation of leak rate testing performed under surveillance orograms. Category 1: Those values required to be leak checked by ASME Section XI as determined by Engineering. Category 2 and 3: LNone. 5.3.2.5 Rotating equipment - General guidelines include vibration analysis.. oil analysis, bearing temp monitoring, oil change, lubrication (greasing), acoustical analysis, pump performance data, filter' changes etc. Category 1: Those pumps required to be monitored by Section XI ! of the, A5NE code as determined by Engineering. Category 2: All other rotating equipment greater than 20 horsepower Category 3: Rotating equipment.less than 20 horsepower not included in category one. 5.3.2.6 Filters -- (Not part of another equipment) General guidelines are f to change out filters based on D/P indication or history. 1 Special attention to frequency should be given in consideration of ALARA practices. Category 1: Those filters which by their design present a radiation hazard as determined by Radiation i Protection, or may restrict flow thru a system i required to maintain the plant safely at 100% power or reach cold shutdown as determined by Operations. Category 2: Those filters which may restrict the use of systems required to maintain the plant at power. ) Category 3: All other filters not part of a specific piece of q equipment or not listed as Category 1 or 2. 1 5.3.3 Electrical Equipment Categories--this section provides basic guidelines to the PM Supervisors for the types of PM activity
. sponsored by the Maintenance Manager. Individual equipment PM programs will vary. )
i a
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGAE'IZATION NUMBER
- MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE h6 0F 55 5.3.3.1 Switchgear -- General guidelines include thermography, breaker performance testing, protection relay. testing) cubical inspections and lubrications as determined by/ history.
Category 1: All switchgear, breakers, motor control centers, motors, transformers, and dis'tribution panels QA 1. Category 2: All switchgear, breakers, transformers, motor control centers, motors and distribution panels not QA 1 designed to operate with voltages of 440 or higher. Category 3: All other systems not covered in Category 1 or 2. 5.3.3.2 Battery Systems -- General guidelines include specific gravity trending, capacity testing, periodic cleanings, thermography, cleaning and torquing of threaded connections. Category 1: Class lE systems. Category 2: All other systems with a design voltage greater than 25VDC.
~
Category 3: All other-systems not covered in Category 1 or 2. .s 1 5.3.3.3 Emergency lighting -- General guidelines include periodic monitoring of performance, water level checks and battery replacement. Category 1: All emergency lighting in the power block. Category 2: All other site emergency lighting not covered by category 1. Category 3: None. j 5.3.3.4 Cranes and Hoists -- General guidelines include load testing, lubrication and inspection of load bearing members. Category 1: All equipment required to lift weights greater than 2000 lbs. over safety related equipment. Category 2: All other site installed cranes and hoist. 1 Category 3: None. I h _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ - _ _
I-SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE ' 17 0F 55'
- 5.4.3.5' Fire Protection / Detection - General Guide lines include periodic inspection and testing.
Category 1: All fire protection and detection equipment in-the power block. Category 2: All other fire protection and fire detection equipment on site. Category.3: None. 5.3.3.6 Generators -- General guidelines include vibration analysis, thermography, oil analysis, bearing temp monitoring, brush replacement and inspections. Category 1: Main generator and all OA 1 generation equipment. Category 2: All other emergency generating equipment. Category 3: All other generation equipment. 5.3.4 Instrumentation and Controls--General guidelines include (~ calibration, lubrication of moving parts, cleaning, tuning and-
' visual inspection at routine intervals. Examples of these types of equipment are:
Pressure, flow, differential pressure, temperature, level and chemistry analysis sensors Signal conditioning equipment Controllers Valve pcsitioners Alarm and control switches Regulators Position sensors and indicators Telemetry Indicators Gauges and Thermometers Recorders 5.3.4.1 Category 1 instruments are all instruments required by Technical Specification that are not calibrated by Surveillance Procedures, instruments' used to take acceptance criteria data for Surveillance Procedures and those instruments required by Plant Casulaty Procedures and shall be included in the PM Program. t 0 __.._----.___---m---
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMB,ER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 18 0F 55 l 5.3.4.2 Category 2 instruments are those which are evaluated for inclusion in the PM Program per section 5.3.1.2 and include those instruments used in Operating Procedures, those whose values are recorded on operations logs or instruments and controls used in the routine operation of the plant. 5.3.4.3 Category 3 instruments may be exempted from the PM Program per section 5.3.13. These include gauges and temperature indicators , i not fitting the criteria of 5.3.4.1 and 5.3.4.2 and whose f ailure has a negligible impact on safety, economics, or the spread of contamination. 5.3.5 Building Maintenance / Facilities NOTE: Equipment to be included in the Building Maintenance / Facilities area is selected using the criteria of Section 5.3.1. 5.3.5.1 HVAC Equipment -- inspection of unit, replacement of fan belts, replacement of worn fasteners, clean heat exchange coils, lubrication of motor and fan bearings, calibration of instruments, check condition of terminations and terminals, test for performance and vfbration. ~ 5.3.5.2 Vital Area Doors -- inspect doors for holes, paint and general condition, check and lubricate hinges, operating mechanism and electric lock plunger, measure doors for maximum clearance, test doors for proper operation. 5.3.6 The PM Supervisor is responsible for the evaluation of equipment in each of the categories and determining the PM Program for that ' piece of equipment unless directed otherwise by EQ requirements or the Programs Supervisor. 5.3.7 The PM Supervisor shall maintain a listing of vendor warranties which have been exempted from the PM Program (i.e., warranty requirements for preventive maintenance actions not implemented). This listing shall include the reason for . exemption and the Program Supervisor's approval signature. 5.3.8 Other sources of Preventive Maintenance tasks are the routine reviews of equipment history by Maintenance Engineers (Ref.: , MAP.0002), root cause analysis, NPROS reviews, vendor ! recommendations, NRC Operations and Maintenance Review (0&MR) recommendations, Significant Operating Event Reports (50ERs), INPO evaluations / recommendations and various owner's group recommendations. ____d_._____,_
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE' ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 19 ~ OF 55 5.4 Frequency Selection 5.4.1 Preventive Maintenance Frequency requirements are generally based on the following criteria: Regulatory Requirements - Technical Specifications Enforcement Agencies Warranty Compliance Owners Group Recommendations
-Plant Commitments Vendor Recommendations Operating Experience and Equipment History NPROS Data
' Trend Analysis Results-Engineering Judgment 5.4.2 Frequencies of PM Tasks based on Technical Specification requirements may only be changed if the applicable Technical Specification requirement is changed.
5.4.3 Plant process instrumentation used to provide acceptance criteria
/" data for- Surveillance-Procedures, Casualty Procedures or provide data recorded on Operation's logsheets shall be assigned a frequency for calibration of one year or less.
5.4.4 The PM Supervisor shall periodically review the history section , of CM and PM work Requests in an attempt to determine the optimum ; frequency for each PM item, j 5.4.4.1 This review should be done after the third or fourth time the activity is performed, i.e., 30-day PMs could be reviewe'd every 4 quarter and 90-day PMs could be reviewed once per year. 5.4.4.2 .This review would utilize the detailed history entries to extend or reduce the frequencies. For example, if changing filters i every 30 days and filters are clean for three months, the i frequency could be extended to 60 or 90 days. j 5.4.5 The PM Supervisor shall periodically review the Nuclear Plant Reliability Data System (NPRDS) Reports that provide information on the overall nuclear industry's problems. 3 5.4.5.1 The reports available and methods of retrieval are given in AP.59, NPRDS Usage Procedure. l l 1 l 1 1 _ - _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ - _ _ _ - _ - _ --____A
SMUD,. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 n MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 20 0F 55 5.4.5.2 This information shall be utilized in the development of'new PM-tasks and also should be considered in the assignment of-frequencies.
- 5.4.6 Predictive maintenance activity data shall:be maintained by the PM Supervisor responsible for the PM Task. This data shall be retrievable by equipment 10 and performed date.
5.4.6.1 These monitored and trended values must be used to determine and plot the condition of the selected components.
.5.4.6.2 The plots will be used to schedule Planned Maintenance prior to.
equipment failure. 5.5 PM Task AC&D Forms NOTE: Anyone may submit'a change to the PM Program (see Attachment 6.6). The expected changes should come from the following groups:
- a. . Regulatory Compliance Group - from Tech Spec or regulatory.
' document changes.
- b. Technical Support-Group - from revision of Surveillance Procedures and observations made during Routine Tests.
- c. Cognizant Engineers - from Engineering Change Notice (ECN) packages or other system modifications.
- d. Warehouse Personnel - storage items requiring PM.
- e. Operations Personnel - from observations and problems noted in the power plant.
- f. -Maintenance Personnel - from observations made during installation and testing of modifications.
- h. Environmental Qualification Coordinator in implementing additions or changes to the EQ Program. l
- i. The Trend Analysis Group 5.5.1 PM TASK ADDITION NOTE: Refer to Attachment 6.3, AC&D Form.
1 wl__--_--__---. - __ )
l I - .
~
l l SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 l REVISIOM: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 21 0F 55 5.5.1.l' Task Number This space will be blank for any addition (new) PM Task. The PM Terminal Operator will add this number when the task has-been l entered into the computer. 1 5.5.1.2 Equipment ID Enter the ID number (from Master Equipment List - MEL) of component on which the PM Task is to be' performed. If multiple pieces of equipment are to be included on Task. Sheet, enter the lowest alphanumeric number in this space, or the ID of the major equipment under which the components would be a subunit of-. 5.5.1.3 Plant Status Enter'a plant status code from the following list: ALL - Can be performed at any plant condition P0 - Power Operation EO - Equipment outage (Required for NSW, NRW, DHS, and EGS) CS - Cold Shutdown 4" HS - !!ot Shutdown -
- RF - Refu'eling 5.5.1.4 Outage Task Enter "0" if the PM Task can only be done during a plant outage.
Leave blank if not outage work. 5.5.1.5 Department Enter the department responsible for the PM activity, i-.e., MM, BM, IC, EM, etc, 5.5.1.6 Frequency (Days) Enter the frequency in days at which the PM task should be completed. This number should take into account the mandated frequency, due date, and band for Category 1 PMs. 5.5.1.7 EQ Requirement Check the " ENVIRON" field of the MEL for the equipment identified in Step 2, If the equipment is designated EQ related by an "H" or "M" in this field, check "Y" (Yes). If not EQ related, check "N" (No).
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 ! REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 22 0F 5 '5 5.5.1.8 Testing Required Check "Y" (Yes)'if testing will be necessary after completion of the PM task. This testing may be as extensive as requiring a surveillance to be completed or as simple as checking for leaks when system is repressurized. 5.5.1.9 RWP Required Check "Y" (Yes)'if you feel a Radiation Work Permit will be requi red . Check "N" (No) if not required. 5.5.1.10 Equipment name Enter the equipment name as it' appears in the Master Equipment List (MEL). This is a computer generated function and can only be changed by changing the MEL entry. S.5.1.11 Description The first entry here should be the zone location of the equipment
.as listed on Attachmen't 6.4 i.e., ZN12. The second entry should be the Category classification (1 or 2) used to indicate whether a PM Task is mandatory (must be completed by due date plus band) or discretionary (can be delinquent).
5.5.1.12 The remainder of the description block is used to describe, in detail, what the PM Task is to accomplish. This must include all special precautions or limitations that are to be observed such as any EQ, Fire Protection, or Security requirements, Shif t Management' signatures, etc. 5.5.1.12.1 The actual job description, including any expected readings or values, acceptance criteria, restoration, QC hold point (s), and any post maintenance testing requirements should also be entered. 5.5.1.12.2 List all special tools, lubricants, consumables and spare parts (including stock code numbers) expected to be used. 5.5.1.12.3 Suggested clearance boundaries should be listed if clearance will be required. 5.5.1.12.4~ If PM is for multiple pieces of equipment, list in this section all the equipment ID numbers to be included. l I 1-L -_ --
3 r , jy ' J
. dh ' i ,
.. to '
t
! 3^ z
,, f '
r _ y f _SMUD,. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: REVISION:
.MAPa0009 0-Q1 i a , MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES- PAGE 23 0F' 55 5.'53h215-Lishy all additional PM Task. numbers that can or should be. ~
' y' 'i scheduled at the same time as this task,.such as 30-day,.90-day,-
and:365-day PMs on.the same component, or multiple pieces'of;
~
; equipment with similar frequencies at a remote Site (Canal Pump-Station).1 .
i f u .. u 5.5.1.12% Ide'ntify any Post Maintenance Tests / Verification Tests req 01' red - , . . f ' L to be performed af ter completion.of the work to prove 1, d component / system operability (Ref.':' RSAP.0803).' .
"g . N J .
4,
, :5.5.1.12.7 This section.is capable'of' accepting nine (9) lines of seventy '
, Q :(70) . characters each for a total of 630 spaces..
+ - . . .
1
.5.5.1.13. WO/ Function' Enter the six digit function number for the t[ ek..of systems as
.follows:: a 5.5.1.13.1 Reactor _ Plant-Systems 480000 ',
5.5.1-.13.2 Electric Plant Systems - 480100
/ "~' 5. 5.1.13. 3_ - . . . Miscellaneous Systems - 480200 5.5.1.13.4 ' Plant Buildings and Structures Syst m 480300 5.5.1.14 Estimated Repair Time d '
Enter in this block the time estimatedJit willetake to actually complete the maintenance activity. activity,thepreparation-andrestorationtime(,InchdQ ' unique to the-
, If the PM is for multiple pieces of'equipmeqt, this time should R e to complete the activity on all pieces otqcquipment.
> kg _
n N_QT1: ;The primary consideration ~in~ arriving at ap estimate of the s
, repair time is that only the'directly relyted ' productive time'
,eppended-toward accomplishing the~ activity be considered.
I 5.5.1.14 1 -Preparation ,May include some or all of:
' ~
[' ; Assignment _of. Activity l i
', J Gathering Transporting of special
=specialtool and tools parts and parts to work station !
f, Item or equipment Tag Out. , Preset at 0.5, 1/2 of an. hour for .f X routine Tag Out.
, (i s
. y 1 ,-
x
'l <
.m'-_
~
._ __________i__._._ m.___ _ _ _ _ _ - __ - . - - - , _ = - _ - - . _ = _ .
.ge. 7, m
l t SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0
' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 24 0F 55 l 5.5.1.14.2 Execution - Accomplishing the activity.
' 5.5.1.14.3 Post Maintenance Testing - Ensuring the component' functions properly upon restart.
5.5.1.14.4 . Restoration - Removing the item or equipment tag, preset at 0.5, 1/2 of an hour for routine Tag Out. b f;. . J 5.5.1.15 Estimated Crew Size 9' y Enter. here the number of craftsmen you' feel will be required to perform the activity. V) 5.5.1.16 Band Enter the tolerance' band; that is, the allowable number of days after the due date before the PM is delinquent. The following bands should be used except for unusual circumstances: 5.5.1.16.1 Non Outage PMs 30 days or 25% of frequency when frequency is
, less than 120 days.
5.5.1.16.2 Outage PMs 90 days Category'1 PM bands should coincide with the ' drop-dead' date for the PM. 5.5.1.17 Date Last PM On new PMs, this entry will generally be '000000'; for I&C calibration, this may be the date of last calibration as determined from the Calibration Record Data Shett. 5.5.1.18 Oue Date
. Enter the date you want the PM Task to be performed. If, for some reason, the PM MUST be completed at this time, enter a comment (under Reason for Change) to' justify your selection.
Otherwise, the PM Supervisor may alter this date to provide even i loading of PMs.
< 5.3.1.19 Procedure Enter the procedure number that provides direction to accomplish the PM Task, if applicable. -~x-aa un,-- n- n n-l +--- S n --~~~--- - -, I
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0
' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 25 0F 55 l 5.5.1.20 Action Check the ' ADD' block.
l , 5.5.1.21 Requested By Sign and date this block. If you desire to be notified.upon entry of change into the system, place your phone extension after your name. 5.5.1.22 Technical Review 5.5.1.22,1 The PM Supervisor shall consider the applicability of this PM change to other items of similar equipment: e.g., if a change is made to a limitorque PM - should all limitorcue PM tasks be changed? 5.5.1.22.2 The PM Supervisor shall prepare AC&D Forms as applicable based on this evaluation. 5.5.1.22.3 The PM Supervisor shall review the AC&D Form for completeness, applicability, correctness and consistency with other task sheets. 5.5.1.22.4 The PM Supervisor should check the MEL to ensure the EQ block on the AC&D Form is properly marked. 5.5.1.22.5 If AC&D Form is incomplete or major questions arise about its content, the PM Supervisor can contact the originator or return the form for correction. 5.5.1.22.6 The PM Supervisor shall sign and date the' Technical Review Block of the AC&D Form to signify his approval of the change or forward the form to the originator if the PM is not approved with a { reason f or disapproval. 5.5.1.23 Fire Protection Review The Nuclear Operations Fire Protection Coordinator (NOFPC) shall sign and date in this block after a review of the task l description to ensure all fire protection requirements have been j included in the task for any Fire Protection Program or Fire ! Protection equipment as detailed in AP.29 or AP.60. w____-- _ . - . - . _ ~
3 3 { % . , ..,.
,f '
3 - r t. 6J .. . ; y1 w',. >4 yy(W 1 ~ T .. u. \ } ; 8 J a , i. SMUD, NUCLEAR 0 ORGANIZATION NUMBE2: MAP-0009 N'>b - 5
'e y oEVEION: 0 "
, ( , ,, hAINTENANtfADMINThRA_TIVEPROCEDURES- ' Pfg,,_is_ _OF SS
/
- 5.5(1.24 .EQ Revi 2 m
)
The Nuclear Operations Department EQ. Coordinator shall sign and date in this block after a review of the task description to 1 ensure all EQ requirements have been tot tf the EQ Requirement it Yesblock(see5.5.1.7abcve)ischeck}ed.
!n ,
5.5.1.25 Reason for Actici 3 3
) \ t NOTE: This is the only history maintained as to what: changes are made ~ .
4 to the !?N Prt;gr.sm; therefore, it becomes essential to have some detail in thi.s space. - Provide,the reasons behind the requested change. Be specific as to .the driving force, i.e., Tech Spec change, Cal-OSHA f requiremer.t, component no longer in system, etc. S .
"..r/ > w 5~5.',
. PM Task Change ,
-I f. 1 g1 303 : Editorial changes to PM tasks ~ithy be made without completing an AC&D Form. >-
j . . 3 3' ~ Task Nud.sf 1 5.5.2.1 ., g,o A
~
+
c t offj( jn task number from nistiM PM Task Sheet or contact v/ / departmental PM TMrminal Operator or MIMS Coordinator for this ,dj 3 J 'Aumber, 1-i n <r ta e i 5.5.2.2 Equipment.Il ,' 4
.1 Enter the IB cN:er (from Mastar: Equipment t.ist - MEL) of ,
coraponent(s) on whtch the PM Task 'is te cbel performed. If 1 inUltiple pieces of equipment are to be Neluded, enter the lowest ! alphanumeric number in this space. ' { a 5.5.2.3 Maes changes clearly evident on the-AC&D Form. It may help to l attach a marked-up copy of the existing task sheet for reference. I 1 5.5.2.4 If the change is only to rove the due date of in existing PM to perform it ecrlier than previously scheduled (Earliet Only), the
;9M Supervisor can request the'FM Terminal Operator to move the j due date up as desired without using an AC&D Form.
f.3 , l ! Y A l} c < l j! ' , [ g WI ". l l i 1 y . f
. _ _ _ _ _ _ _L.. _.
~h
- SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 a REVISION: 0-MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 27 0F 55 l 5.5.2.5 Check the " Change" block on Action'Line.
[ NOTE: This is the only history as to what changes are made to the PM Program. Therefore, it becomes essential to have some detail in this space. 5.5.2.6 In the " Reason for Action", provide the reason (s) behind the requested change.- Be specific as to the driving force, i.e., Tech Spec change, Cal-OSHA requirement, component no longer in system, etc. 5.5.2.7 Sign and date the " Requested By" block and if you desire to be notified upon entry of change into the system, place your phone extension after your name. 5.5.2.8 Submit the AC&D Form to the PM Supervisor of the affected discipline for his approval and the necessary routing. 5.5.2.8.1' The PM Supervisor shall consider the applicability of this PM change to _other items of similar equipment: 1.e., if a change is made to a limitorque PM - should all limitorque PM tasks be changed? 5.5.2.8.2 The PM Supervisor shall prepare AC&D Forms as applicable based on this evaluation. 5.5.2.8.3 The PM Supervisor shall review the AC&D Form for completeness, applicability, correctness and consistency with other task sheets, as detailed in Attachment 6.3. 5.5.2.8.4 The PM Supervisor should check the MEL to ensure the EQ block on the AC&D Form is properly marked. ' 5.5.2.8.5 If AC&D Form is incomplete or major questions arise about its content, the PM Supervisor can contact the originator or return the form for correction or reason for disapproval.
'5.5.2.8.6 The PM Supervisor shall sign and date the Technical Review Block of the AC&D Form to signify his approval of the change.
5.5.2.9 If the PM Task change is related to the Fire Protection Program i or Fire Protection equipment, as detailed in AP.29 or AP.60, the NOFPC shall review the PM Task change and signify his concurrence ; by signing the appropriate block. l l l l -
i ' I SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 l': MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE' PROCEDURES- PAGE 28 0F 55 5.5.2.10 If the PM Task' change is related to Environmental.ly Qualified equipment, the Nuclear Operations EQ Coordinator shall review the~ f PM Task change and signify concurrence by signing the appropriate block. . 5.5.2.11 If the PM Task change involves adding or d'eleting equipment in
-the description section, fill out MEL change sheets (per AP.42) '
as required to update the PM/SP block or Cal Freq block. 5.5.3 PM Task. Deletion 5.5.3.1 Task Number Fill ~in task number from existing PM Task Sheet or contact departmental PM Terminal Operator or MIMS Coordinator for this number. i 5.5.3.2 Equipment ID Enter-the ID number (from Master Equipment List - MEL) of component (s) on which the PM Task is to be deleted. 5.5.3.3 Write the words " Delete PM" in the Description section. } 5.5.3.4 Check the " Delete" block on Action Line. NOTE: This is the only history maintained as to what changes are made to the PM Program; therefore, it becomes essential to have some detail in this space. 5.5.3.5 In the " Reason for Action" (Space 26), provide the reason (s) behind the requested change. Be specific as to the driving force, i.e., Tech Spec change, Cal-OSHA requirement, component no longer in system, etc. 5.5.3.6 Attach a copy of the complete PM Task Sheet or Work Request to the AC&D Form for reference. 5.5.3.7 Sign and date the " Requested By" block and if you desire to be notified upon entry of change into the system, place your phone extension after your name. 5.S.3.8 Submit the AC&D Form and copy of Task Sheet to the PM Supervisor of the affected discipline for his approval and the necessary routing. s t e
. -c .
. SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION RUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 29 0F 55 5.5.3.9- If the PM Task deletion is related to the Fire Protection Program or' Fire Protection equipment, as detailed in AP.29 or AP.60, the NOFPC shall review and signify concurrence by signing the appropriate block.
5.5.3.10 If the PM Task deletion is related to Environmentally Qualified equipment, the Nuclear Operations Environmental Qualification Coordinator shall review the PM Task deletion and signify concurrence by signing the appropriate block. 5.5.3.11 Fill out a MEL Revision Form as detailed in AP.a2 to delete / change the PM Task number in the MIMS Master Equipment List. 5.5.3.12 Discard any Task Continuation Sheets for that PM Task. 5.5.4 PM Task AC&D Form Routing ! 5.5.4.1 The PM Task AC&D Form o'riginator (Requested By) is responsible for forwarding the form to the responsible discipline PM Supervisor. (~ 5.5.4.2 The PM Supervisor sha41 be responsible for monitoring the changes, routing of PM' Additions, Changes'and Deletions,'and resolution of comments. 5.5.4.3 A marked up copy of the PM Work Request or Task Sheet should be sent with the AC&D Form for the Reviewer's convenience. 5.5.4.4 If any addition, change or deletion- to a' PM Task has the EQ Requirements 'Y' (Yes) checked on AC&D Form, the PM Task shall be routed to the Nuclear Operations Department EQ Coordinator. He will ensure all environmental qualification requirements are incorporated into the task description. 5.5.4.5 The EQ Coordinator shall ensure this review is conducted in a timely. manner and returned to the PM Supervisor within five (5) working days. 5.5.4.6 Any PM Task addition, change or deletion that involves Fire Protection or Fire Protection equipment as detailed in AP.29 or AP.60 shall be routed through the Nuclear Operations Fire Protection Coordinator (NOFPC). He will ensure all Fire Protection requirements have been met on Additions / Changes or that requirements are not deleted with the PM. l
- l .
L SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION
- NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: -0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 30 0F 55 5.5.4.7 If any doubt exists about equipment being related to Fire Protection, then route the AC&D to the NOFPC.
5.5.4.6' .The NOFPC shall ensure this review is-conducted in a timely manner and returned to the PM Supervisor within five (5) working days. 5.5.4.9 'Upon receipt of all copies of PM Tasks that had been routed for review, the PM Supervisor shall resolve all comments and ensure the description 'section provides the direction necessary for the completion of PM Task. 5.5.5 PM AC&D Form Entry 5.5.5.1 The PM Supervisor shall forward the completed PM Task AC&D Form to the PM. Terminal Operator for entry. 5.5.5.2 The PM Terminal Operator shall query the system for outstanding PM work requests against the task sheet if the task is to be deleted. 5.5.5.3 If outstanding work requests are found, the PM Terminal Operator shall notify the PM Supervisor, who will contact the PM N Coordinator concerning these work requests, determine the-status, !i and proceed from there. ' 5.5.5.4- The PM Coordinator-is responsible to either have the task completed or, if the work is not to be done, void the Work Request before any task can be deleted. 5.5.6.5 PM Terminal Operator shall enter task, as written on AC&O Form, into computer. 5.5.6.6 . PM Terminal Operator shall verify computer screen is correct before entering. 5.5.6.7 PM Terminal Operator shall print out copy (s) of the new or revised PM task sheet as directed by the PM Supervisor. 1 5.5.6.8 Return copy (s) of the new or revised PM task sheet along with the 1 AC&D Form to the PM Supervisor. I NOTE: Editorial changes (see Definitions, Section 5.1) do not require an'AC&D Form to be filled out. ] 5.5.6.9 The PM Supervisor will review the new or revised PM task sheet to verify it reads as it should. If not, it will be returned to the Terminal Operator for editing.
)
l l
\
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 l _ REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 31 0F 55 _ l 5.5.6.10 The completed AC&D Form will be transmitted to the Records Management Group as outlined in AP.8, Records and Information Management for retention. 5.6 PM Work Requests 5.6.1- PM Work Requests (PMWR) are planned by the Planning group per MAP-0006. PMWR may be created by request of the PM Supervisor. Normally the PMWRs are created by the Planning Support Group each week for all tasks due for the next 90 days. 5.6.2 The Operations Coordinator reviews all PMWR for Shift Supervisor Log Entry and LCO condition applicability and indicates the requirements on the PMWR as required. 5.6.3 Prior to being sent to the field, the Planner shall review each work package for any possible changes in intent due to the planning' process and ensure applicable Post Maintenance Testing is properly identified. 5.6.4 PMWR are placed on the plant schedule by the Scheduling group to include coordination of and integration with other discipline (~ cms, PMs, and SPs to Ensure the maximum effic;.ency of maintenance activities. 5.6.5' ScheduTing, along with the Maintenance Supervisor, is responsible to ensure the PMWR appears on the daily work plan in time to prevent the activity from being delinquent. 5.6.6 The Planner shall forward the PMWR to the Foreman in time for the work to be completed. 5.6.7 The Foreman is responsible, prior to beginning work, to: , 1 NOTE: For help in obtaining spare parts for any EQ equipment, contact the Nuclear Operations EQ Coordinator. i 5.6.7.1 Ensure the spare parts and consumables are available when J necessary to complete the PM activity. ! 5.6.7.2 Ensure the necessary permits and clearances are obtained prior to j start of work as outlined in References 3.12, 3.13, 3.14, 3.15, ; and 3.18. I k
\
s
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 32 0F 55 5.6.7.3 Xerox a copy of_all PMWRs that require'a Shift Management Log Entry. Stamp to provide to the Control Room. 5.6.8 Preventive' maintenance shall be performed in accordance with MAP.0002 utilizing details specified11n the PMWR Description section,. Task Continuation Sheets, Work Request Continuation Sheets, PM Procedures, and Maintenance' Procedures as applicable. 5.6.9- If the maintenance' cannot' be performed as written or some question of safety exists, the work shall be stopped, equipment placed in a_ stable / safe condition, and the problem resolved with the Foreman or Shop Supervisor and work package shall be returned to Planning if a change in work scope is verified to exist. 5.6.12 The crew shall review the CM Work. Requests for existing deficiency tags.on equipment being PM'd to see if the PM activity can clear the tag. If applicable, remove the deficiency tag and attach to the PMWR with'an' explanation of the situation. 5.6.13 The Foreman shall assign work-on a daily basis and monitor the maintenance to ensure it is being done as written, in a safe manner, and that good maintenance work practices and quality - s workmanship are being_followed. ) 5.6.14 The crew shall perform the maintenance activities as directed and shall be observant for any other equipment problems that may require either CM or PM Tasks, such as insufficient or missing ID tags, physical damage, excessive corrosion, or conditions which are a potential safety hazard. 5.6.15 If the equipment is found to be inoperable due to a failed part or component and the PMWR scope does not include the repair or replacement of the failure, then a Corrective Maintenance Work Request (CMWR) must be submitted by the crew leader or Foreman to i correct the deficiency or return of the PMWR to Planning for the re-scoping per MAP-006. NOTE: The History section of the PMWR has no space constraints. As much room as needed is available to adequately describe the work in detail. 5.6.16 Upon completion of the activity, the crew leader shall fill out the History section of the PM Work Request. (Use the back of page or additional sheets if necessary.)
)
l _L_-____-__ __
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION- NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 33 0F 55 5.6.17 The crew leader shall explain in detail the actions taken:by the crew to complete the PM item and as a. minimum should include the following: 5.6.17.1 Initial condition of the equipment as it applies to the PM Task. 5.6.17.2 Results of inspection, if required. 5.6.17.3 Actions taken to complete each item of PM Task. 15.6.1 7.4 Any abnormal condition found as a result of the PM Task. 5.6.17.5 Results of any Post Maintenance Testing that was required or reference the Post Maintenance Testing (PMT) form number. 5.6.17.6 Specify the location of data that is not written in the history section, such as vibration data, procedure records, etc. 5.6.17.7 Any CMWR numbers written as a result of the PM activity. 5;6.18 The crew leader shall document all materials used on Class 1 and EQ equipment in the History section of the PMWR. 5.6.19 The Contract or Subpurchase Order numbers for services and/or materials will also be documented in the History section' . 5.6.20 The deficiency tag, if applicable, shall be removed from the equipment, signed, dated, and returned to Planning who will void the referenced CMWR. 5.6.21 Th.e yellow warehouse withdrawal slip with stock code, PMWR numbers and price shall be attached to the PMWR. 5.6.22 When the work has been cleaned up, all tools picked up, interferences replaced, etc., the crew leader shall inform the* Control Room that they have completed the activity and shall sign the PMWR. 5.6.23 Shift Management Log Entry Required (stamps) PMWR will have additional closure signatures required. The crew leader shall review package carefully and ensure all signatures have been obtained. 5.6.24 The completed PMWR, Task Continuation Sheet (TCS), and any additional paperwork shall be turned into the Foreman for his review. e s m_ __
~, .
4 4
-s _
t j SMUD, NUCLEAR.0 ORGANIZATION NUMBER: . MAP-0009 1 m, . . .
, REVISION: .0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 34 0F 55
. 5.6.25: 'If"the PMWR'cannot be completed,' crew leader shall return package
- to Foreman for resolution per.Section 5.7 of this procedure.
5.6'26;
' The Foreman.shall review the PMWR, TCS,:and~all additional-7 paperwork to ensure the job has-been. completed in a satisfactory manner. .
5.6.27- .The Foreman shall review and edit the' history'section'of the PMWR to ensure a detailed account of the PM activity has been completely recorded in an accurate, efficient, and legible manner. 5.6.28: If the PM activity involved trending-cf any type, i.e., vibration readings oil. analysis reports, etc., the Foreman shall be: 4 responsible for entry-of-the results on the trending records and to'make an initial analysis of the condition of the equipment.
- 5.6.29 .The Foreman ~shall' attach'the: trending records to the PMWR with.
his' recommendations about the equipment condition and forward a copy to the=PM Supervisor. 5.6.30 Thel Foreman shall reco,rd the actual-' crew size and actual manhours.
.5.6.31' The Foreman shall evaluate the Work Request to ensure.all spare parts- called for are appropriate.
5.6.32~ The Foreman shall determine if all applicable Fire Protection requirements per AP.29 and AP.60 have been met, i 5.6~.33 Any problems or questions that are discovered must be brought to the attention of the Maintenance /PM Coordinator for resolution. 5.6.34 The Foreman shall sign and date the'PMWR upon completion'of his review. 5.6.35 The Foreman shall forward the PM Work Requests to Planning. i 5.6.36 The Plenner shall review all the paperwork to ensure that the PM j activity has been completed in a satisfactory manner.
.1 l
ll 1
.:a .
t
F .. - h L SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION- NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 35 0F 55 5.6'.37 ~ The Planner shall carefully ~ review the history section to determine if the _ required detailed information is included that will allow the PM Supervisor or Maintenance Engineer to make
- evaluations of-that PM activity some time in the future.
p The Planner may send the PMWR back to the Foreman or the crew, as 5.6.38 necessary, to ensure that detailed entries have been made. 5.6.39 The Planner should compare the average manhours, divided by number of men, on the work request to the estimated repair time L listed, and change the estimated time on the PM Task to provide realistic values on the work request. 5.6.40 The Planner shall notify the PM Supervisor of any changes to the PM Task as appropriate, to ensure the PM activity is conducted safely _and completely. 5.6.41 The Planner shall initial in the Foreman block to indicate his review of the PM Task completion. 5 . '6. 4 2 - The Plcnner shall have copies made of any trend analysis data and forwerd those copies with the PMWR # to the PM Supervisor. r . Resolution'of. Incomplete / Delinquent PM Activities
. 5.7 NOTES: 1) PM activities become delinquent if not completed or placed on the PM Incomplete (PI) List.within the allowable band time from the due date.
- 2) The computer scheduling keys around the completion date of a '
PM activity. The next PM is generated at the required l frequency from the last completion-date. This becomes a i major factor when trying to schedule mandatory PMs within the specified time frame.
- 5. 7 .1 - PMWR packages which cannot be completed or are anticipated as not being able to be completed within the allowable band time shall be returned to the Foreman by the crew leader.
5.7.2 The Foreman shall document the reason (s) for the delay / non-completion in the History section of the PMWR. 5.7.3 The Foreman shall hand carry the PMWR package to the PM Coordinator who shall review the reason (s) for delay / non-completion. u-____________-__-_____
1 L L MAP-0009 SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION . NUMBER: REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 36 0F 55 NOTE: If the PM activity is mandatory, it is important to complete the PM as near as possibic to the scheduled date to ensure generation of another PMWR within the frequency. required. 5.7.4 The PM' Coordinator with the PM Supervisor shall decide whether
.the PMWR shall be left delinquent, placed .in incomplete (PI) status or shall take corrective action as necessary to ensure proper completion of the PMWR within the allowable band. time.
The PM Supervisor must check the basis for mandatory delinquent PM, i.e.. Tech Spec, Cal-OSHA, the consequence of it not being completed by the end of grace period, and what else will be affected, i.e., safety concerns, SPs, and use this information to make a decision. 5.7.5 The PM Supervisor shall document the action taken and sign in the History section of the PMWR. 5.7.6 'PMs will be placed on the PI List for the following reasons (not , a complete list): 5.7.6.1 Spare parts /consumables not available. 5.7.6.2 Operations Department sannot provide a release for that specific 's, component because of operational commitment or the component is under clearance and cannot be released. 5.7.6.3- Weather conditions do not permit the performance of a specific activity. 5.7.6.4 To defer PMWRs to coincide with other related CM, PM,-or SP activities in the interests of reduced down time or increased efficiency. 5.7.6.5 To defer calibration of an instrument whose due date may be , extended per I 014, General I&C Maintenance, and Surveillance ' Guidelines when the equipment is not available for maintenance. 5.7.7 To place a PM on the PI List, perform the following:-
- 5.7.7.1 The PM Supervisor shall notify the Nuclear Operations EQ Coordinator of any EQ component that is placed on the PI List.
5.7.7.2 The PM Supervisor shall give the PMWR to the Terminal Operator who will change the status of the PMWR from PM to Pl. l 5.7.7.3 The Terminal Operator will enter the reason for deferral and date in the History section of the computer. e .e sem . -
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 i MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 37 0F 55 1 5.7.7.4 The PM Supervisor shall notify Planning of the new n;cimated start date for the PMWR in order to update the Planning data base. 5.7.7.5 The PM Supervisor shall forward a copy of 'PI status PMWR to the i Maintenance Program Supervisor along with the reason, date and estimated start date. 5.7.8 PM Supervisor will maintain a current listing of PI Status PMWRs, the reason, date, estimated start date, and potential impact on the plant. 5.7.9 PI status PMWRs will be removed f rom the PI list upon 'closecut after the work has been completed. 4 5.7.10 PMWRs that are not completed within the allowable band time nor changed to PI status will automatically be placed on the Delinquent List by the MIMS computer. 5.7.11 The PM Supervisor shall forward a copy of the PMWR, reason for delinquency, and an estimated completion date to the Program ; Supervisor. [" 5.7.12 The PM Supervisor shall maintain a current listing of Delinquent PMWRs, the reason, estimated completion date, and potential impact on the plant. 4 5.7.13 Delinquent PMWRs will be removed from the Delinquent List upon closeout after the work has been completed. 5.7.14 If a PM activity can be partially completed, a CMWR may be generated for the remainder of the PM and the PMWR signed off with the approval of the PM Supervisor. The CMWR number and situation shall be recorded in the PMWR History section by the FM Supervisor. 5.8 Discrepancy Reporting 5.8.1 To provide a PM Program that will meet the objective of this procedure, it is essential that the personnel working with the program provide feedback to their supervisor concerning any problems found in the performance of their work, p 5.8.2 During the conduct of preventive maintenance, the crew should be continuously on the look-out for discrepancies in the instructions for conduct of maintenance. 5.8.3 If problems are encountered during the conduct of the PM, the crew shall contact the Foreman for direction. t _ -.___________o
-l p
-SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 I
MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PR0l'EDURES PAGE 38: OF 55 1 5.8.4- If the problem is 'deteinined to' be beyond the scope of a PM Task,- ) the crew or Foreman shall write a CMWR or other documentation, as necessary. j
- 5. 8. 5 - Written solutions shall be submitted by'the crew in an effort to make each PM task, as well as the entire p~rogram, work as .
smoothly as possible. H 5.8.6 PM Task Addition, Change and Deletion (AC&D) or PM Improvement Programs (PMIP). Forms shall be completed and submitted as appropriate. 5.8.7 Other. problems shall be . submitted, in writing, ' outlining the problem / discrepancy' uncovered along with a proposed solution. 5.8.8 These written solutions shall be submitted to the Foreman and then to the PM Supervisor for action. 5.8.9 Anyone' associated with the PM Program that determines / suspects a problem exists with'the administrative portion of the system shal1~ submit their concerns, in writing, to the PM Supervisor. 5.8.10 The PM Supervisor shall take timely action to evaluate every. recommendation and shall notify the originator of the final. ~ resolution. 5.9. Trending 5.9.1 Failure trending.
- 5. 9 .1.1 Once a quarter the PM Supervisors shall have a report generated-against the History file which. reviews the corrective maintenance history over the last year. The report shai.1 provide the:
- a. Ten equipment model numbers with the n'ost correct maintenance activity over the period of the report.
- b. Ten equipment ID numbers with the most corrective maintenance activity over the period of the report.
- c. Three systems with the most corrective maintenance activity over the period of the report.
_ . - - . _ _ - - - - _ ^ _ . - _ - _ _ _ _ _ _
Ii
- SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009
'l r REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 39 0F 55 l
; y 5.9.1.2 The PM Supervisors will evaluate eagh of the 23 categories from 5.9.1.1 and determine the nature oflthe listed categories and what type or types of preventive maintenance could be used to eliminate the failures. This evaluation will result in a report to the Programs Supervisor of the 23 categories, their nature and the PM' Supervisors recommended solution. "This report will be reviewed with the Maintenance Manager for possible changes to this program.
5.9.2 Data Trending: Discussion: Predictive maintenance is only as good as the review of the Data taken. One specific data element, vibration analysis for example, may in itself not indicate a significant trend. When coupled with oil analysis, bearing temp trending, pump i performance, and breaker electrical inspection, data may give a different picture. This portion of the program is provided to ensure the data is analyzed together by one group. 5.9.2.1 Trend Analysis group --'This group is made up of the PM Supervisors, PM Coordinat.or and.the Programs Supervisor. ! F 5.9.2.2 The Trend Analysis group will meet once a quarter, normally the first week of each quarter. j 1 5.9.2.3 The group will evaluate all trending data taken during the last qua rter. 5.9.2.4 It is the responsibility of the PM Supervisor to determine what Predictive Maintenance occurred during the last quarter and to d provide a copy of the results at the meeting. The PM Supervisor will also bring the last three copies of ~each data element for review against History. The PM Supervisor will provide a list of all Plant PM's covered by this program sorted by Equipment ID. ! The PM Supervisor will also provide copies of all surveillance ) and performance tests performed by operations or Engineering during the last quarter and the last 3 copies of the same data by equipment ID and date. 5.9.2.5 The PM Coordinator will bring a copy of equipment history of the last year sorted by equipment ID and then date of the occurrence. 5.9.2.6 The Programs Supervisor will provide the last 3 Failure Trending l reports. ! l 1 l l s L i i l I' ' L . . ..
f i , f -l3 F NUMBER: MAP-0009. SMUDj,'NUCLEARORGANIZATION REVISION: 0- 1 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PPOCEDURES PAGE 40' 0F 55 i 5.9.2.7 TheJPrograms Supervisor will chair the. meeting. Each component. and'all data at the ' meeting for that ' component will be evaluated individually. It~ is recognized that additional expertise may be. needed to perform this evaluation and,.if needed, the Programs. Supervisor will request, through the Maintenance Manager, the required help. 5.9.2.'8 This meeting is not~ closed and although not required, both QE and ; Engineering are. encouraged to attend and will be invited by the Program. Supervisor. It's expected the meeting wilij require 5 L working days. ., 5.9.2.9 The meeting will result in a report of the results of the
' evaluation.on each piece of' equipment. The report will be !
generated at the direction of the Programs Supervisor and will' be filed and maintained by him. ]
'5.9.2.9.1 The meeting will result in an exception report of the problems.
found and corrective actions taken to prevent reoccurrence. This-report will be reviewed with the Maintenance Manager prior to.the end of the.first month in each quarter. 5.10 Reporting 5.10.1 The PM Supervisors shall generate monthly and quarterly reports that indicate the status of the PM program within their discipline. l 5.10.2 Thes'e reports shall be submitted for review to the Programs Supervisor.who shall submit the reports to the Maintenance Manager. I 5.10.3 Theseireports shall be submitted during the last week of each j month to the Program Supervisor and to the Maintenance Manager by j the first day of the following month. 5.10.4 These reports will consist of (as a minimum) a summary of the l following:
)
5.10.4.1 Number of PMs completed. 5.10.4.2 Number of delinquent PMs, the reason for and potential impact of the delinquency. ,
)
, .e s 1 u
I I l l SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 L REVISION: 0 l MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 41 0F 55 l i 5.10.4.3 Number of PI (PM Incomplete) PMs, the reason for and potential l impact of each delay. 5.10.4.4 PM/CM ratio expressed in manhours and number of work requests. . 5.10.4.5 Number of delinquent / completed late PMs. 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 The following individual / packaged documents and related correspondence completed as a result of this procedure are reco rds . They shall be transmitted to Records Management in accordance with AP.8 or RSAP 0601 when issued. 6.1.1 Preventive Maintenance Task Addition, Change and Deletion Forms 6.1.2 Preventive Maintenance Work Requests 1 7.0 ATTACHMENTS (' 7.1 PM Task Flow Chart - 7.2 Discretionary PM Selection Flow Chart 7.3 PM Task Addition, Change and Deletion Form 7.4 PM Program Zone Description
'.5 7 PM Change Flow Chart 7.6 PM Program Input Flow Chart 7.7 Sample Delinquent List 7.8 Sample PI (PM Incomplete) List 7.9 Sample PM Work Request (PMWR) 7.10 Typical Maintenance Department (PM) Organization Chart 7.11 PM Improvement Program Form (PMIP) 1 l
l l 4
7 l SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 ) MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 42 0F 55 ATTACHMENT'7.1 q PLANNING Provides printout of PMWR on regular basis. , j l OPERATIONS Reviews PMWR for Shift Management j COORDINATOR Log Entry Requirements, WATA j aoolicability and milestonina. { l PLANNING IPrepares Work Packaae. I I QUALITY Reviews Work Package and assigns ENGINEERING inspection ooints. t l SHIFT { Reviews Work Packace. } SUPERVISOR I I PM Supervisor: ! SCHEDULING .lSchedules PM work activities. l Provides input forI
~
long term schedule ] PM FOREMAN Ensures PM activities are completed and reviews work documents. See Section 5.6 for i paperflow within the l Maintenance group. SHIFT Approves work package, allows
- SUPERVISOR work to commence.
PLANNING Reviews work documents and upgrades PM svstem as rea. l t TERMINAL Enters completed PMWR into OPERATOR history. I PLANNING Completes record transfer form and transmits all PMWR to Records Manaaement. I RECORDS Determines required retention and MANAGEMENT places records on microfiche. ATTACHMENT 7.1 PAGE 1 0F 1
- - - - - - - - - - - i
4 l l SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 43 0F 55 1 ATTACHMENT 7.2 ! 1 DISCRETIONARY PM SELECTION FLOW CHART j momem *
,,a,,,,,,, % y, Include in
, w hars,g , -
Program dame,e to feediay? o No a mW Ne faaen shotdew. Yes _ is them e8 Inciude in
,,.a o.e w Emit # **"I Program
,,educeiest Yes Y
Cost IUCl"d* i" j Analysis Program
.m.
Exclude from i Program o i M*W Ya Perform Ya Include in hama s== = mesa. Cest Program nomint Analysis I se Exclude from Program Ne i'
- Perform Ya y, Include in l bM N* Ana sis ne v
N' Exclude from
- Program ATTACHMENT 7.2 PAGE 1 0F 1 )
Em.iede free progrou
SMUD,. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 44 0F 55 ATTACHMENT 7.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TASK ADDITION, CHANGE & DELETION REQUEST & APPROVAL FORM Task: Equipment I.D.: Plant Status: Outage Task: Department: Frea:Jency (Days) E.0 Requirement [ ]Yes [.]No Testing Required [ ]Yes [ ]No RWP Required [ ]Yes [ ] No Equipment Name:
Description:
{ WO/ Function: Estimated Repair Time: Estimated Crew Size: Band: Date Last PM (MM00YY) Due Date (MM00YY) Procedure: ACTION: [ ] Add * [ ] Change * [ ] Delete
- Requested By: Date Technical Review and Approval Date Fire Protection Review Date E.Q. Review Date
- Reason for Action ATTACHMENT 7.3 PAGE 10F 1
- SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE' 45 0F 55 ATTACHMEN T . 7.4 PM PROGRAM-ZONE DESCRIPTION 12NE DESCRIPTION ,
1 Nuclear Service Spray Pond Area 2 Cooling Tower Area 3 Water Treatment Area, A Sewage, B Chlorine Bldg. 4 Auxiliary Boiler Area 5 Retention Basin Area 6 Turbine Bldg., Turbine Deck 7 Turbine Bldg., Mezzanine 8 Turbine Bldg., Grade {' '
'9 Auxiliary Bldg. A Grade, B+ 20, C+40, D Roof . -
N-Non Controlled (i.e., 9BN) C - Controlled. 10A Auxiliary Bldg., -20 level l 10B Auxiliary Bldg., -47 level
.11' Reactor Bldg.
12 Tank Farm 13 Pumphouse - Offsite 14 Misc. Buildings
-a. Admin
- b. Battery L c. Bechtel
- d. Switch yard
- e. L&D
- f. Personnel Access Portal
- g. Communications, microwave
, , ATTACHMENT 7.4 PAGE 1 0F 3 l
', .A 4
'O . . _ . _ . . _ . _ . -
- x. , _ _
k' SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009
. REVISION: 0 A$1NTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES 'PAGE 46 OF 55 ATTACHMENT 3.4' (Continued)
PM PROGRAM ZOA7 DESCRIPTION-0 10NJ, DESCRIPTION
- 15 Fuel Bldg.
16 T&R Bldg. 17: New Diesel Generator Bldg. 18 "A" Warehouse
-19 "B" Warehouse 20 "C" Warehouse.
21 NSEB, A Grade, 8 + 20', C + 40', D Roof, E Elevator Pit 22 MUX Bldg. (south) 23 MUX Bldg.-(north)
~
24 Westinghouse MCC h 25 Bldg. Maintenance Shop 8 26- SMUD Fab Shop 27 Tool Issue Bldg. 28- Elect. Fab Shop 29 GRS Warehouse 30 Cable Marking Bldg. 31 Breathing Air Compressor Bldg. 32 Insulators Work Shed 33 STA Trailer 34' NPS Fab Shop 35 Painting Shed (office) ATTACHMENT 7.4 PAGE 2 0F 3
.I .
'.j e' ' . " ,,
I' _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
- SMUD, NUCLEAR-ORGANIZATION NUM8ER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES 4 PAGE 47 0F 55
. ATTACHMENT 7.4 (Continued)
'. ~PM PROGRAM ZONE DESCRIPTION lqN_1 DESCRIPTION 36 Painting Shed 37 NPS Lunchroom 38- Visitors Center
- 39. . Receiving Warehouse "A"'
40 Gardeners Bldg. (not on map - offsite) 41 Receiving Warehouse "GRS" 42 RS - Trailers (onsite) 43 DC - Trailers (offsite) ( 44 Chlorine Building - 45 Fire Training Building
-46 Interim On-site Storage (IOS Building) 47 Sample Station Building Welding Shed 48 lo 1
~
, ATTACHMENT 7.4 PAGE 3 0F 3
..A .
4 _ _ = . _
.a-S SMUD,. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0-MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES- PAGE 48 0F 55-ATTACHMENT 7.5 -
.PM CHANGE FLOW CHART
. AC&D Form 0ri g i n a to r PM '
Supervisor
.eview applic.of.ch -
no action to similar equi no reoufrM yes PM Supervisor determines equip. effected and prepares AC&D forms as applicable.' EQ Coordir.ator determines EO - _ all EQ requirements are.- incorporated. no PM yes -
. Supervisor -
reviews & approves -
. AC&D FP Coordinator determines !
- all FP requirements are _ .
FP incorocrated. PM Supervisor resolves - all comments. J
.1 g
PM Terminal operator . z enters chance into MIMS I PM Supervisor reviews j computer sheet and AC&D fenn for correctness. i y Approved j
)
yes a i , AC&D Form trans-mitted to Records *j Management for j history.
, ATTACHMENT 7.S PAGE 1 0F 1 s
t'
r I. p l! - t SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION- NUMBER: MAP-0009, REVISION: 0 l MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE' PROCEDURES PAGE 49 0F' 55 ATTACHMENT 7.6 PM PROGRAM INPUT FLOW CHART s ANYONE REGULATORY TECHNICAL COMPLIANCE' SUPPORT COGNIZANT WAREHOUSE ENGINEERS PERSONNEL ,
~
OPEPJLTIONS MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL PERSONNEL PM SUPERVISOR o tiIMS i l i l ATTACHMENT 7.6 PAGE 1 0F 1 l 1 _ _~ __
m t SMUDs NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 50 0F 55 ATTACHMENT 7.7 SAMPLE DELINQUENT LIST
. . . ' $ACAAMENTO MUNICIPAL UTILITIES O!$TRICT 0$PARTM8NTAL DELINQUENT TA5K LIST Af OP 01/29/87 PAGE t CP 1 05/29/87-04:33 RANCHO SECO UNIT I DEPT MM.
LA57.' OATE EST EST DESCRIPT'!ON
' n REO .TASM E0u!PMENTOA ' PROC PM DUE MANMOUR CREW
'Ho. NO. 10. CL
) ................................................................... .. .................................................
~
' F87109 05318 CTE-31009 3' 022886 082886 000C00.3 01 CALIBRATE 0-2" ROGER CILMONT WICRCMETRIC MANOMETER. U51 086 PERPCRM EVERY 30 QAYS wMEN PUMP 15 SNUT00wN P P87878 03484 - P-312A Z 070188 073188 .000001.0 01 INS
@ts4/5 03347 CTE-20294 3 AP-404 100304 120286 0000C0.3 01 CALIBRATE ZN12A.
4**40* !.0. MICROMETER (M-290-A). USINO MICR0' 08: 80MTAIN CLEARANCge 3RgAngR 42.ggggg, OptN. 1 $ 788/34 03134 P=272 -2 070888. 010487 000002.0 02 769744 004ll' A*B87A 1 3 110484 090387 000001.0 02 ZN7 , 083 PM. OPERAT!0N ONLYi
- CLEARANCE
- SREAnER 42-2 l 789936 00412 A-9878 3 110606. 010587 000001.0 02 ZN7 . 08: PM. OPERATION ONLY. ecLgARAggge BREAKER 42-2 111888 011087 000001.0 02 ZN7 081 PM OPERATION ONLYg a,CLEARANCEe 3RgAggR 43 2 P68037 00413 A-987C 3 .
s P70024 06836 CTE-31091 3 MT=013 103184 123086 000000.2 On- CALIBRATE 10-200 IN-68 PROTO CLICK TOROUE WRENCH AT 50
- P70028 08838 CTE-31089 3 MT-013 103088 122988 000000.2 01 CALIBRATE 20-100 PT*LS PROTO CLICK TORQUE WRENCM AT 25. j 770027. 08839 CTE*31088 3 MT-013 103086 122986 000000.2 Ol FAL18 RATE 20-100 77-68. PROTO CLINE TOROUE WRENCH AT 25
! P70?SS - 02727 CTE*30201 3 AP-404' $10486
;02086 010387 091887000000.2 01 CAL 000006.0 02 18 ZNSRATE 6" TUMICO VERNIER CALIPER (M-204-A). USING 4A DA s CONTINUQUS *CLEAREANCE* VALVE I A$*008 CLOSE0 j P70256 00429 P-915C 2 .,
??0272'03525 Y-88880 I 102006 011887 OC0004.0 01 INS . DA. POR G-886A. EMERGENCY O!E3EL GENERATOR: SMtP I 770273 03826 Y-88809. 1 102006* 018887 000001.0 01 ZNS . DA. PCR G-886A EMER0ENCY 0!ESEL GENERATOR: SN!PT P70684 00340 P-668A 2 120486 .010387 000001.0 01 ZN10A, INSPECT UNIT.
ZN10A, IN5DECT UNIT. ; P70SS7 00341 P-6688 2 120488 010387 000001.0 01 ZN10A, witC. WASTE EVAPORATOR A00M. 00s. 1) CNECE UN!T 770588' 003fD P-67 M 3' 120488 010387 000001.0 01 P70588 003l3' P-601A 2 120586 010487 000001.0 01 ZN108 INSPECT UNIT. ! l P70888 00314 P-6018 2 120548 040447- 000001.3. 01 ZN108 INSPECT UNIT. , P70800 00315 P-406A 2 120488 010387 00000l.0 08 ZN104 INSPECT UNIT. i P70S84- 00318- P=6064 2 120404 010387 00r001.0 04 ZN10A. INSPECT UNIT. 820608 010487 000001.0 02 ZNICA. ELEV.-29. Des 1) VERIPY PROPER O!L LEVEL - S t e. 770682 00387 P-808A 2 MISC. WASTE EVAPORATOR ROOM. 08: 1) CNECK UNIT. , P70698 00351 P-678A 2 120488 010387 000001.0 01- ZM10A. INICA, MISC. WASTE EVAPORATOR ROOM. See 1) CNECM UNIT ! P70694 00356 P-697 2 120486 010387 000001.0 01 - SIROP I 120488 010387. 000001.0 01 ZN10A. ELEV.=29. 08 1) VESIPV PROPER 0!L LEVEL
' P70828 P70400-,00328 00396 P-7058 P-616A- 2 120946 010487- 000001.0 Ol ZNICA. 80RIC ACIO CONCENTRATOR RM. 00g 1) l) CHECK UNIT PC 120988 010887 000001.0 01 ZN10A. 80RIC ACIO CONCENTRATION ROOM. CNECM UNIT 70
' P70430'00330 P-831A. 2
- P70431 00338 P-6318 2 120988 010887 000001.0 01 2N10A. 80RIC ACIO CONCENTRATION ROOM. 08: 1) CNECK UNIT.
121044 010987 000001.0 02 ZN4 08: CONTINU0US *08TAIN CLEARANCE
- OPEN BREAKER s P70632 00389 P-744A. 2 .
P70460 '00393 P-460A .2 121148 011087 000008.0 Of ZNICA. ZNICA, INSPECT AND LUBRICATE UNIT (SIRO P EEDER CHLV) . DAg CONTINUOUS. INSPECT AND LUBRICATE UNIT (81R0 P70681 00394 P-4888 2 12l188 011087 -00000l.0 01 DAg CONTINUQUS: CLEARANCEg LOCAL O!5 CONNECT QPEN P70736 00401 Y-823 3 121884 011787 Ob3001.0 01 ZNS . 128988 011887 0000Gl.0 02 ZNI DA CONTINU0US. 1) CNECK PUMP OIL LEVEL (078-28) P70753 00439 P-476A 3 .
#70754 00471 P-4628 2 821988 011887 -000001.0 01 ZN128 08:DA. CONTINUOU5s 1) INSPECT AND LUBE UNIT (8! ROPE CONTINUOUSs 1) CHECK CRANACASE O!L LEVEL, RE j G'/0758 03578 C-8918 1 121986 018887 000000.5 of Z8E .
DA. CONTINUOU$e 1) CHECK CRANMCASE O!L LEVEL. RE j P70757 03S30 C-8898 1 121984'018847 000000.5 01 ZNG . 2
' P70838 02443 Y-910C 2 010387 011787- 000001.0 01 ZNG , CA .
- 1) Pst!OR .To wCRKING ON PUMP. CSTAIN A k
#708S2 05464 P=2388 1 010488 040488 000002.0 06 ZN10A, ALL. DA 1) 3 CHECK P! PING CONNECTIONS FOR LEAMS. 2) C
$T0008 00242 P-976A 2 010288 020188 000006.0 02 ZN3 .
- P710U4 00320 P-6118 2 120586 010487 000001.0 02 ZNICA. ELEV,-29. 08: CONTINUQUS: 1) VER!PV PROPER O!L L 010284 020186 000001.0 01 ZN4) THRU SOUTH MANwAY. MEA $URE WATER CALY LEVEL QPP 50 P71007 00418 V-949 3 010586 020488 000000.5 01 ~PERPORM OURING power OPERATIONS ONLY. CSTAIN LUBE 01L.3 ]
P71026 04906 K-301 2 l 1 1 ATTACHMENT 7.7 PAGE 1 0F 1 i
~
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009
@ /
REVISION: 0 j J,AT M NAN,C_E ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 51' 0F 55 ATTACHMENT 7.8 ( SAMPLE PI (PM INCOMPLETE) LIST
$ACRAMENTO MUNICIPAL UTILITY O!$7R1d7 08/28/87-09420 ,
s , PAGE 4 OP 7 lg ?F PLANT MAINTENANCE DAILY WORK L1871NG DEPTs MM MANNOURS AVAILik,5s RANCHO- $ECO UNIT I PO! -$7AT WK REQ EQUIPMENT WK REQ REP. -CREW work ORDER QUTAGE NUM CODE NUM
........... . ..........."....... $YS.............a...........
ID ,3 DATE DEPT . TIME $11E PUNCTION DCN/VOCM NCR NUMBER lAll P! P25444 A-837^ .. 10$ 011586 MM 0.4 02- 00100080740 1 DESCRIPTION: ZN7 . Ogs EPM OURING OPERATION ONLye 1) CHgCK p(AMqg0 CONNECTIONS QacLa 2 s FOR LEAKAGE. 2) CHECK V!BRATION LEVELS. lA11 Pt P25491 va817A LOS 01 586 MM 1.0 01 0000040680 DESCRIPTION: ZN7 08 CONTINUQU$s0'JRING CPERATION ONLY. QACLs 2 s 1) VISUALLY INSP&CT DISCNARGE LINE FOR $3GNS OF EXCES$1VE VAPOR IA11 P! P25482 Y-8178 LOS 011586 MM 1.0 01 0000060680
' OEscit3PT10Na ZN7. 08 CONT!WOU$s OURING OPERATION ONLY. -{
QACLs 2 4 l) VISUALLY IN$dtC7 Ot$ CHARGE LINE POR 51GNS OF EXCES$1VE VAPOR 1All P! P25516 C 651A WG3 012006 MM l.0 01 00080530 . DESCRIPT10Ms ZN10A. INSPECT UNIT. 00CLs 2. s lAll- Pt- P48189. P-4318 SR$ 012786 MM 2.0 01 00040970 I DESCRIPTION: IN13 . Oss CONTINU0US. 1) w!TM THE PUMP IN THE MANUAL RUM MODE.. VERIFY
. QACLs 3 e'NO LEAN $ OR EXC4553VE V!BRATION. 2) PLACE PUMP SWITCM IN OPP POSITION 1All Pi Pa6231 Mv=26100* ONS 012786 MM 1.0 08 0000080270
' DESCRIPTION ZNICA. 08. $N(PT $UPV.* LOG ENTRY REQUIRED = AP.3. PERPORM PW BEPORE QCCLs t- 4 $P203.04A AND wtTNES$ $7ROKE TEST. REPER TO L!u! TORQUE P.M. UNIT 1All' P! P46232 MV-26106 OMS 012788 MM .
1.0 06 0000080270 v
' DESCRIPTION ZN10A. 08 $NIPT $UPV. LOG ENTRY REQUIRED. AP.9. PERPORM Nf SEPORE QACLs 1 4 $P203.06A AND WITNE$$ $7R0KE TEST. REPEP TO LIMITOROUE PM. UMIT .
1081 pt P46280 71602-3/8-CA RCS 083086 MM i_1 01- 0000080470 DESCRIPTION: DURING WEEKLY OPERATIONAL CHECK OF *PA$$*. PGlJURIZE GMA'J SAMPLE
-CCCL s. 2 : (LIQU10) LINE$ TO NORMAL,0PERATIONAL PRE $$URE AND CHECK QUICK 1All P! P46281 71504=l/e08J- hCS 013086' MM 1.0 01 0000080470 !
( DESCRIPTION: OURING WEEKLY OPERATIONAL CHECK QP
- PAS $*.. PRE $$URIZE GRAS LAMPLE QACLe 2 (GAS) LINES TO NORMAL OPERATIONAL PRES $URE AND CNECK QUICK O!$ CONNECT
lAll P! P46788 P.482A N$w 021986 MM 3.0 02 0000080380. DESCRIPTIONS 2N12A. 08 CONT (NUOU$sSHIPT SUPV. LOG ENTRY RE0. AP-3.
- CLEARANCE
- 4 SREAKER 52-3Al8 OPP. 1) CHECK ALIGNMENT OP MOTOR TO PUMP. 2) LUBE QACLs 1All #1 t . P65391 P=712 Uw$ 04078E MM 1.0 08 00080210.<
DESCRIPTION ZNIDA. ELEV.-29 08s TYPfCAL POR EACM. (4) PUMPS. l) VERIPY PRCPER O!L
- CACLs 2 s LEVEL - LEVEL TO BE AT-SOFTOM QP IN0!CATOR PLUG (OTEa24). I lAll P! P65523 K-301, 3 NPT 04 488 MM 1.0 02 00000806fb !
DESCR!PTION: ZN 6. DA. l) LUBE $L10ER$. GREASP. FITTING LOCATE 0 NORTHEAST CORNER- l QACLs 2 : NO. I 88.ARING PLDESTAL.. WS A ,
- PPROM. 1/2 TUSE OF EP-J GPEASE. CNECK i toll Pt P65526 K-3038 . LPT d41486 MM 2.0 01 OC00080870 I DESCRIPTIONS Zh6 . DA . CONT!P%3: LU8E SLIDERS. GREASE PITTINGS (60 TOTAL) l CACLs 2 : LOCATED BOTH $30lL3. U't it; PUMPS OR LESS. EaCH PITTING. (EP*2). !
loll P! P65627 K-303A - . L.*T 041486 MM 2.0 01 GU00080670 l DESCRIPTION: IN6 . DA. CONTWUOUN L'J8E SLIDERS. GREASE P!TTINGS (54 TOTAL) LOCA* l
. CACLs 2 s TED SOTH SIDES. ' U14216 PUMP $ OR LES$. EACM PITTING (EP*2). Cw1CK TO 1All PI P65702 P-7658 . $CA 042486 MM 0.3 08 00080500 SESCRIPT10Ns ZN2 . OCs 1) CHECK G4AP 80x OIL LEVEL (Mo8!LGEAR 630). 2) CNECK OACL 3 : $UCTION AND OlfA.nRGE LINE$ POR LEAKAGE. 3) CHECK BOLTING TIGHTHESS.
1 i l
- s f
ATTACHMENT 7.8 PAGE 10F 1 f I b
- 5. i
. i e ! .t *L ,- %
g , .^$ y r -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----------;- bih% N, - c s m.
. c: , f+ .
W SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 e* c V ' REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDl'RES PAGE' 52 0F 55 b- ATTACHMENT 7.9 1 SAMPLE'PM WORK REQUEST (PMWR) RANCHO SECO . PeEVENTIVE MAINTENANCE WOAK AEQUES T
.y ~~ \
' b ,' ' WCAR AEDUE STI ' DE Pf l 1T AT l . EQUIPMENT 10 i SYS i PA GOUGMCY I PRIDAITYI DATE OUE I i i l i l' 1 NAMES lANNUM w!NOCWI COMPUTER POINT SERVs l l PCID NUMSEA ., 'l LOCATION 1 ELEM ORAw!NG NG 1 t-DAAWING NO I? I i
, LDw RANGE ~ ~ MIGW AANGE 8, CODE l'GA CL.) PROCEDUAE I TASK NUM9ER I CATE LAST PM-FI I l l 8 a y"' 'v ~
\L DESC8 q p( WORK ORDER /PUNCTION 1- EST. REPA!R TIME- 1 EST. CAEW $!ZE l EST. MAN HOURS I i .I I EMPLOYp3 NO.! PROCEDURE l 1- TEST EQUIPMENT !3 i RECAL. OUE a t- .I i i TRAINING l 1 i TEST I 1
,f' f'IMPO I' l l EQUIP.I I nt
-C I 1 1 .I i I i l I 8 I i i i i E- 1 I i i l i 1 I 1. I
- l. I i i l I i i i g I .. I I I I I I I i i
! - .. .- 1 I i 1.
I 'i: l l l l t C.C. INSPfCICA: , DATE ACTUAL CA.T4 $!2E I ACTUAL MAN MOURS 1 'wCAK PEAPORMED BY i DATE 1 80 REMAN
. I l i 1 l
97 -1 1 I 1
-1.
l 'MISTORYa g ..
0 4 ,
ATTACHMENT 7.9 PAGE 1 0F 1 L. ' t 4 h,
,,, 4 M6.6'# Mt_m. _
. , - - - - - - . - - e- ^ " - = . - - - -- --- - .- - - . . _ . _ - - -
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0009 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 53 0F 55 ATTACHMENT 7.10 f I TYPICAL PM ORGANIZATION l
}
MAINTENANCE MANAGER i PROGRAMS DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR SUPERINTENDENT 1 l M PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR SUPERVISOR
,'*=,, i
*e h, en h,
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE , FOREMAN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CREW . I ATTACHMENT 7.10 PAGE 1 0F 1 l 1 L-- : m - - - - - - 1
.r. -
9 F v :r . ,
,. y +,*
MG - i ;e . >y's; L l .f: e d A,
'q e i jd< SMl'0, NUCLEAR 376)IZATION NUMBER: ,, MAP-0009
>H REVISION.:~,0 l' -
g _ MAINTENANCEADMINISTRA1,5VEPROCEDURES PAGEP,pr OF 55
+
) '
ATTACHMENT 7.11 f l 4 FPjIMPROVEMENT PROGRAM (PMIP) l y a Equipmant No. ,, , Task No. Crequency i s J Describe in detail the corrections y'6u feel r.ted to be made to make the PM on 1 this equipment ta'sk complete, correct, understandable and workable. Include, i if appropriate, the frequency at which you' feel this task should be performed. '
,/
,, f
((
)
6,',
- ' f , , ,
, Ii
/ *j ;
t r i s
< r',
SubmittedBy:([ '_ Ext. Cate: Reblution: .,$,_ _ , _ , _ _ _
,1 ; - .c,, ; '
i r f. Signature Date t . Returned to OrYginator Date l ATTACHMENT 7.11 PAGE 1 0F 1
) ,4
, . s +
.,{ '. p i I 5-1
','y'>
e 4 SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER:. MAP-0009 REVISION: .0-MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 55 OF 55-f'
' ATTACHMENT.7.12' TASK CONTINUATION SHEET Comp ID PMWR No.
I Date .: Engineer Review and' Approval'(Task Requirements Completed). Signature' Date-Review by Shift Supervisor per AP.3, Section,5.2 Signature Date G
= .
,(..
t. ATTACHMENT 7.12 PAGE 1 0F 1 END L___ r u _ _ 1 _ _. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ __
-._l L SHUD,. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011.
L." REVISION:. 0.
~ MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE' PROCEDURES ~ PAGE 1'0F^21 LEAD DEPARTMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE.
~ ~
MAINTENANCE FOREIGN MATERIAL EXCLUSTON I
- e . .fm ..
MAINTENANCE MANAGER / 0 e-
..PRC Review Required [-).Yes. [X] No Quality'Revfew Required [X] Yes -[ -). No' i
SCOPE OF REVISION NEW PROCEDURE I FOR INFORMAION ONLY a
9 SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011 REVISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 2 0F 21 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure is the administrative controlling document for ensuring system cleanliness is maintained during inspection, maintenance, and/or repair of equipment.
1.2 Discussion
This procedure outlines the methods of maintaining the cleanliness of Nuclear Related Systems, actions that will minimize the risk of accidental introduction of foreign matter into. clean systems or components, and establishes an accountability and handling system for tools and small items or equipment used on or near an open system or component while performing maintenance activities. 2.0 SCOPE 2.1 Use of tnis procedure may be required when opening portions of the following systems for maintenance, inspection, repair or testing:
~
1.) RCS 8.) RCD 2.) SIM 9.) CBS 3.) PLS 10.) CRD 4.) CFS 11.) PRT 5.) BWS 12.) RSS 6.) DHS 13.) SFC 7.) DMW 2.2 Use of this' procedure is not required for work activities that meet one of the following: 2.2.1 Work is covered by a maintenance procedure that addresses component, area and/or replacement part(s) cleanliness and equipment control. 2.2.2 Component, area and/or replacement part(s) cleanliness is detailed by the cognizant Maintenance Engineer and/or Maintenance Planner in the Work Package and inspection requirements, as required, are specified by quality. 2.2.3 Any evolution not recniring internal rework, such as: 2.2.3.1 Replacing filter elements. 2.2.3.2 Cleaning strainers. 2.2.3.3 Draining system. u_ . _ .__ ___. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _
L I l l SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011 l REVISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 3 0F 21 2.2.3.4 Packing adjustment and/or replacement. 2.2.3.5 Obtaining samples. 2.2.3.6 Routine maintenance and calibration of instruments or any evolution not requiring internal rework provided that the component, work area and replacement parts are clean as determined and verified by the Maintenance Engineer's signature on the Work Request. 2.3 At the discretion of the Craf t Foreman or cognizant Mair.tenance Engineer, this procedure may be used to maintain cleanliness on any plant system. 2.4 The use of this procedure is mandatory in and around the Fuel Transfer Canal whenever the Reactor Vessel Head is removed (in and around inside handrails which surround the Fuel Transfer Canal).
3.0 REFERENCES
/~ 3.1 Rancho Seco Radiation Control Manual 3.2 Rancho Seco Weld Manual 3.3 ANSI N45.2.1 - 1973, Sections 3.1.2 and 3.1.3. Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants.
3.4 B&W Product Chemistry Control; 51-1152787-00; August 1984 3.5 RSAP-0502, " Rancho Seco Procedure Control" 3.6 PDAP-0002, " Plant Department Procedures Preparation, Review, and Approval" 3.7 M.ll4, " Maintenance Material Cleanliness" 4.0 DEFINITIONS (See Attachments 1, 2, and 3.)
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011 REVISION: 0-ADMINISTRATION PAGE 4 0F 21 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS 5.1.1 Personnel shall be f amiliar with the f ollowing requirements of this procedure: 5.1.1.1 Tool / equipment inventory. 5.1.1.2 Inspection requirements for opening and closing of a system / component. 5.1.1.3 Cleanliness standards. 5.1.2 Each Maintenance Supervisor or Department Manager shall be ; responsible for* 5 .1. 2.1 Determining if the area in which work is to be accomplished requires foreign material exclusion actions. 5.1.2.2 Reviewing all documents af ter job completion ensuring they are complete and forwarding them to Records Management per Section 6.0 of this procedure. 5.1.2.3 Notifying Health Physics when maintenance, repair, or inspection, operations are performed on systems or in posted areas where ; radioactive materials are either present or suspected. 5.1.2.4 Notifying Quality Control and ensuring that a Quality Control Inspector is present, if required, prior to commencement of work operations to verify cleanliness control is in effect per M.114. 5.2 PRERE0VISITES 5.2.1 Work areas established under this procedure shall be " Regulated Areas" unless otherwise stated or detailed in t.he controlling Work Request. 5.2.2 Enclosure areas and/or tooling must meet or exceed the class of . I cleanliness required in the controlling Work Package for the internals of the system. 5.2.3 Reasonable precautions must be taken to prevent the intrusion of falling objects into an open system from areas not immediately adjacent to the work area. 5.2.4 Tools and equipment must be inspected for loose or unattached parts prior to use. L-_..___ _ _ _ _ _ _
t SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011 REVISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 5 0F 21 L 5.2.5 Tool control / inventory must be established prior to opening a component as required by the controlling Work Package. 5.2.5.1 A3 each tool.or piece of equipment is carried into.or removed from the work area boundary,.it shall be noted in the appropriate column of Attachment 5. 5.2.5.2 Personnel with eyeglasses are required to wear a safety strap. 5.2.5.3- All.TDL badges, pocket dosimeters etc. shall be taped securely to prevent falling from pockets. 5.2.5.4 All'non-essential items such as pens,-pencils, etc. shall be removed from pockets prior to entering the work area boundary.
. 5.2.6 All tools and/or equipment shall be equipped with a lanyard to prevent accidental intrusion into the open system.
5.2.6.1 A lanyard need not be used if the equipment is larger than the opening in the component internals.
.. s 5.2.6.2 The bitter end of th_e_ lanyard shall-be securely fastened to:
5.2.6.2.1 The operator (for small items). 5.2.6.2.2 To a structure capable of supporting the dropped weight of the object. 5.2.7 If after cleanliness controls have been established on an open system, work activities are transferred to another cognizant work group or individual, the transfer of responsibility for system cleanliness must be documented on attachment 6 by the cognizant Foreman. 5.2.8 It is the cognizant Foreman's responsibility to ensure that cleanliness is maintained during the entire work process and to ensure that the appropriate quantity and quality of temporary covers are staged prior to the start of work to minimize the time a system is open. 5.2.9 QC shall be present prior to commencement of work operations which open or breecn the system. 5.3 PRECAUTIONS 5.3.1 No operation which may produce contamination such as painted mechanisms scraping together shall be allowed. --_.._._.__m._-_m____m._.
i t SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011 i REVISION: 0 l , ADMINISTRATION PAGE 6 0F 21 j 5.3.2 Contamination producing actions such as' wire brushing, grinding ) or. machining shall only be allowed;under the direction and control of Maintenance Engineering. m 5.3.3 In the event that any foreign matter is allowed to enter a Reactor Coolant System or Component in an unplanned manner: . 5.3.3.1 The Shift Supervisor shall be notified. i l 5.3.3.2 Notify Radiatior, Protection prior to retrieval for Radiological l; Contamination Control and ALARA considerations. ~ 5.3.3.3 The item shall be retrieved as directed by Maintenance 2 Engineering. 5.3.3.4 All related maintenance operations will be suspended during retrieval ef forts. 5.3.4 Prior to maintenance or repair activities on any component which has been exposed to primary coolant Radiological Controls must be established.
,3 5.4 SPECIAL TOOLS. TEST EQUIPMENT. AND SUPPLIES 5.4.1 Unpainted containers Will be used for the collection of drainage and containment of small parts or tools.
5.4.2 Wire brushes. 5.4.2.11 Wire brushes will be new. - 5.4.2.2 Wire brushes-will be of similar material as that being brushed (such as a stainless steel brush on a stainless steel part). 5.4.2.3 Wire brushes shall be used on only one type of material. A' brush , used on carbon steel-will NOT be used on stainless steel. 5.4.3 Grinding discs. 5.4.3.1 Grinding discs shall be new and free of nicks or cracks. 5.4.3.2 Grinding discs shall be discarded when the work is complete. 5.4.3.3 Grinding discs shall be used on only one type of material (a disc
. used on carbon steel will NOT be used on stainless steel).
5.4.4 Lanyards. 5.4.4.1 Lanyards shall be of sufficient' strength to withstand the shock of the dropped weight of the object. , an, +n u.--w.
R L
- i. SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011 l' REVISION: 0.
ADMINISTRATION i PAGE 7 0F 21 5.4.4.2 The' lanyard may be made of: 5.4.4.2.1 Nylon cord (for smallor items). i 5.4.4.2.2 Braided metal cable. 5.4.4.2.3 ~Small gauge solid wire. 5.4.5 Blank covers. 5.4.5.1 Blank covers may be constructed of: ; 5.4.5.1.1 Carbon. steel plate'(with a gasket for surface protection and sealing). 5.4.5.1.2 Stainless steel plate (with a gasket for surface protection and sealing). 5.4.5.1.3 Plywood covered with polyethylene or tape (where moisture is not' a concern).
~5.4.5.1.4 Cardboard covered with polyethylene or tape (where moisture is
- / not a concern)~.
5.4.5.1.5 Polyethylene and tape (for small connections and small diameter pipe; 6" or less). NOTE: Clear Polyethylene shall not be considered an acceptable cover. 5.4.6 Internal seals. 5.4.6.1 Each item composing an internal seal must be logged for tool control. 5.4.7 Cleaning solutions / solvents. 5.4.7.1 Demineralized water. 5.4.7.2 Acetone (shop use only). 5.4.7.3 Turco dye check remover. 5.4.7.4 Freon TF. 5.4.7.5 Special solutions as detailed by specific procedure or the cognizant Maintenance Engineer (such as trisodium phosphate { solutions). q 5.4.8 Lint free rags.
- --- j
n;- . m , ,. o Y . J ' rSMUD,-NUCLEAR:0 ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011
. REVISION: .0-ADMINISTRATION PAGE 8 0F 21 ;
R
~ 5. 5. REPLACEMENT PARTS 1
-r. '5.5.1 All replacement parts shall meet or exceed' the cleanliness .
requirements for the syttem/ component for which they are intended.
,5.6. REMOVAL 5.6.1' - WhenLit.is 'necessary.to' remove a complete component having bolted or threaded connections,:it istnot'necessary to insta11 internal l seals.in the system.
- 5. 6.1.1.. Blank' covers shall be installed on the openings ~.to theLsystem '1
- after the component has been opened or removed, f
1 E 5.6.2 , QC must be present'during all openings of the system / component except as follows: 5.6.2.1 An Inspector need not be present when operations are removing drains and vent caps or bolted flanges for the purpose of clearing' systems or running surveillance. 5.7 DISASSEMBLY-
*}
N/A
.. 15.8 CLEANING AND SURFACE PREPARATION j
'l 5.8.1, ~ Any " Clean Enclosure" must meet or exceed class'"B" cleanliness I as defined in Attachment 2. .)
o 4 5.8.2 Tooling must. meet or exceed class "B" cleanliness as defined in Attachment 2. ~ 5.8.3 Methods and materials for' cleaning which are potentially harmful to systems or components.must be avoided. 5.8.4 Cleaning methods. 1 5.8.4.1 Cleaning may be accomplished by.using one or more of the
'following to remove all visible traces of oil, grease, dirt, etc.:
NOTE: Following solvent cleaning intermediate and final-rinsing with demineralized water may be performed if necessary.to remove cleaning agents from the cleaned q surfaces. ; l 5.8.4.1.1 Solvent cleaning.
]
i
'T R-' M, N -Me p.gg was49 4 sea-.a.,. --w4*--.+-g m...
- n. i -
SMUD,. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011, REVISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 9 0F 21 15.8.4.1.2 Detergent cleaning. 5 . 8 . 4.1. 3 Demineralized waterErinse (of. sufficient duration to assure solvent / solutions / contaminates are removed from the' cleaned surface). 5.9 INSPECTION. 5.9.1 Class "B" cleanliness as defined in Attachment 2 is met or exceeded for the following:
- 5. 9.1.1 Clean enclosure.
5.9.1.2 Clean area. 5.9.1.3 Tooling. 5.9.1.4 Replacement parts. l 5.9.2 Tool ' control .is mandatory when a system or component is opened for maintenance, inspection, rework or repair in: 5.9.2.1 A ci,ean enclosure. - 5.9.2.2 A clean area. 5.9.3 QC shall: 5.9.3.1 Be present prior to ~ commencement of work operations which open or lci ecch the system. 5.9.3.2 Verify proper cleanliness controls are in effect. 5.9.3.3 Remain in the work area or control boundary during maintenance operations with the following exceptions: 5.9.3.3.1 Cleanliness' of the system / component can be verified prior te closure. QC inspection requirements shall be as specified on the controlling work documents. 5.9.3.3.2 Internal seals are installed. 5.9.3.4 At the completion of maintenance activities remain in the work area or control boundary to observe: i-5.9.3.4.1 Removal of internal seals (if installed). 5.9.3.4.2 Closure of system / component by: t _-m_"._ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - . - - - - - --
'9 SMUD,' NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION. NUMBER: MAP-00ll
' REVISION: .0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE ~10 0F 21-
- 5. 9. 3. 4.~ 2.1 : At least:two bolts on bolted joints.
l 5.9.3.4.2.2 Completion of root bead on welded joints. 5.9.3.4.3: .No compromise of system cleanliness.- 5.9.3.5 Complete or verify completion of:
"c (5.9.3.5.' Attachment 70 Inspection Verification of Proper Cleanliness
' Control. ,
5.9.3.5.2 Attachment 5; Tool and Equipment Inventory Sheet. 5.9.3.5.3- Attachment 8;: Inspectors Record (inspection verification points,
~that do1not apply shall be marked "N/A" in the remarks column-and'-
initialed by the witnessing Inspector). 5.9.4 Tool and equipment; inventory sheets once verified need not be saved as part of the Work Package after final QC and Engineering Signature.- 5.9.5 Attachment 8; Inspectors Record'should be retained as' part of permanent closure document. 5.10 TASK VERIFICATION 5.11 TESTING RE0VIREMENTS N/A-5.12 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
'5.12.1 All accessible surfaces cf the cleaned tool or component shall.be i swiped with a white, clean, lint-free cloth or swab that has been :
saturated with solvent'to ensure that all traces of foreign materials have-been removed. 5 12.1.1 A visible discoloration on the cloth will indicate that cleaning is not satisfactory unless it is established by Maintenance Engineering that the deposit is not detrimental. I 5.12.1.2 If the cleanliness of the tool or component is unacceptable, the extent'of recleaning shall be determined by Maintenance Engineering. I _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011 REVISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 11 0F 21 5.12.2 If inaccessible surfaces must be flushed for inspection purposes, 5 the flushing shall continue until the effluent can be passed through a white filter cloth and collect visible particulate matter or visible discoloration. A conductivity and pH check may be performed if deemed necessary by Maintenance Engineering and/or Chemistry. 5.12.3 Unless otherwise detailed in the controlling Work Package an authorized Inspector is required for verification of proper cleanliness and tool control during maintenance operations on the listed systems. 5.12.3.1 Completion and attachment of the Inspectors Record (Attachment 8) to the Work Package is mandatory. 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 DISPOSITION 6.1 Individual / packaged documents and related uverespondence completed as a result of this procedure are records. They shall [,' be transmitted to ReSords Management using a Record Transfer l Form. Each Record Transfer Form shall be clearly annotated in the Remarks Section as transmitting Quality Assurance or Non-Quality records. Prior to transmittal to Records Management, the sender shall assure that each record is packaged (when applicable), QA program requirements have been fulfilled, document is legible, completely filled out, adequately identifiable to the item or activity involved, and is stamped, initialed, signed, or otherwise authenticated. 6.1.2 Attachments 6, 7 and 8 to be attached to the Controlling Work Package. 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1 - Definitions of Work Areas 7.2 Attachment 7 - Definition of Class "B" Clean 7.3 Attachment 3 - Definition of Class "C" Clean
._ a,.w -e . . .. _ _ , , . ,
r .- ,
-7 ,
1 If i SMUD,-NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER:- MAP-0011 , .- < REVISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE '12 0F 21 7.4. 1
' Attachment 41- Guidelines for Contamination Restrictions j' 7.5 Attachment'5 - Tool'and Equipment Inventory Sheet 7.6 Attachment 6 - Transfer of' Responsibility For Open System i
17.7' Attachment 7 - Inspection Verification of Proper. Cleanliness Control
'7.8 Attachment 8 - Inspectors Record
'b 1
l f L l 1 1
'SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER; MAP-0011 REVISIQN: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 13 0F 21 ATTACHMENT 1 /
DEFINITIONS OF WORKING AREAS
.1 Clean Enclosure
.1 The clean enclosure shall consist of a complete enclosure in which windows and/or access openings are tight fitting and tight sealing. The air supplied to these enclosures shall be clean; a mechanical filter may be used if necessary to remove airborne dust particles. The enclosure must be constructed of materials that will minimize dirt pick up and facilitate cleaning.
If personnel are working inside such enclosures, they shall wear clean coveralls or smocks, shoe covers, caps, and rubber or nylon gloves. A change area or step off pad will be provided to preclude the introduction of foreign matter into the clean enclosure.
.2 Clean Area
/^
.1 In cases where it is not considered practical or necessary to provide a clean enclosure, the same type of operations may be performed in areas temporarily set up.for a particular job. These are called " clean areas." A clean area may be defined as follows:
.1 Clean space located in a clean building with a clean atmosphere.
.2 A clean tent or partitioned area with a clean atmosphere.
.3 A sleeve with a clean atmosphere.
.3 Regulated Area
.1 In cases where it is not considered necessary to provide a clean area but control of visible foreign material is required, the work area must be kept reasonably picked up and provisions must be made to prevent objects from falling into open components. No special clothing or handling requirements are necessary.
.2 Areas adjacent to the opening shall be cleaned to, or cleaner than, the internals of the system prior to opening.
Page 1 of 1
L i ' I i l l ! l I SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-00ll REVISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 14 0F 21 { l i ANSI N45.2.1-1973 l ATTACHMENT 2 DEFINITION OF CLASS "B" CLEAN i Class B - A high level of cleanliness applicable to nuclear service systems, components, and other items which have similar cleanness requirements. ] Components in systems which are designed as requiring Class B cleanness shall meet the following requirements:
.1 The surface shall appear " metal clean" when examined without magnification. Scattered areas of rust are permissible provided the aggregate area of rust does not exceed 2 square inches in any one square foot area.
NOTE: Localized rusting may indicate pitting of the surface and should be evaluated. Thin temper films resulting from welding or post weld heat treatment are acceptable. ..
.2 The surface shall be free of particulate contaminants such as sand, metal chips, weld slag, etc.
.3 The surface shall be free of organic films and contaminants such as oils, paint, and preservatives as determined by a visual examination or an organic solvent dampened white cloth or an equivalent alternate method.
.4 When a visual inspection is not possible and the surfaces are accessible, a dry white cloth wipe followed by a solvent dampened white cloth wipe, may be used to evaluate the cleanness of the surface. If either cloth exhibits indications of contamination, the system shall either be recleaned or the specific contaminant shall be determined and evaluated as to its potential deleterious effect.
.5 If flushing is the only practical means for determining system cleanliness, the system shall be evaluated by examining a 20 mesh or finer filter, or the equivalent, installed on the outlet of the cleaning ci rc ui t. The system shall be flushed at its normal design velocity (or other velocity if specified by Engineering) until the screen shows no more than slight particle speckling and no more than slight rust staining.
Page 1 of 1
4 SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011 REVISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 15 0F 21 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 - ATTACHMENT 3 l l DEFINITION OF CLASS "C" CLEAN 4
- Class C - An intermediate level of cleanliness generally applicable to closed service water systems that cool components containing Reactor Coolant, l Engineered Safety Systems and other High Integrity Systems. Surfaces shall l
meet the requirements for Class "B" cleanliness, except: l .1 Thin uniform rust films are acceptable on carbon steel surfaces. 1
.2 Scattered areas of rust are permissible provided that the area of rust does not exceed 15 square inches in any 1 square foot on corrosion -
resistant alloys. 1 I
.3 Flush test filters may exhibit considerable rust staining.
J'
/
Page 1 of 1 ( .
SMUD, NUCLEAR. ORGANIZATION NUMBER:. MAP-0011 REVISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 16 0F 21 ATTACHMENT 4
- GUIDELINES FOR CONTAMINANT RESTRICTIONS GENERAL CONTAMINANT RESTRICTIONS Review of~available documentation on a lot or batch basis to verify'that the general restrictions are met is highly' advisable.
Verification may be by: 7 .1 . Batch or lot specific vendor certification. 2.. Batch or lot analysis approved by Maintenance Engineering and the Chemistry Departments. MERCURY Instruments and equipment containing mercury or mercury compounds, such as thermometer, manometers, and vacuum pumps snall not be used in any system or service utilized for the fabrication, inspection, testing, assembly, and/or repair of components unless sufficient contaminant barriers are present to _' ensure that contamination will not occur. Approval by Maintenance Engineering is mandatory before such use. LOW MELTING METALS Lead, zinc, cadmium, and other low melting metals or alloys, or materials containing these' metals or their compounds as a basic chemical constituent shall not be used in the fabrication or cleaning of a component. Lead contamination must be avoided on stainless steel or nickel chrome iron alloys. SULFUR AND HALOGENS Compounds or materials shall contain less than 250 ppm sulfur, 250 ppm chloride, and 250 ppm fluoride to be acceptable for use in the following applications: i
.1 When such compounds or materials are in contact with cleaned surfaces of stainless steel or high nickel alloys.
.2 When the use of such compounds or materials may lead to the contamination of the cleaned surf aces of stainless steel or high nickel alloys.
.3 When the use of such compounds or materials may lead to contact with primary or secondary system fluids.
Pago 1 of 2
- f. i SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGAHlZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011 REVISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 17 0F 21 4 y
ATTACHMENT 4 (Continued) l
-AIR- !
Air used for drying, purging, etc., that may affect the final cleanliness of equipment and components shall be clean, dry and oil free. SOLUTIONS AND DETERGENTS Water based cleaning solutions dissolved in demineralized water shall contain less'than 250 ppm sulfur, 250 ppm chlorides and 250 ppm fluorides 1at their
~
highest solution strength for any cleaning operation.' Following cleaning with. water based solutions rinsing or flushing shall' be
. performed with demineralized water.
Solutions shall not be used on any surface containing crevices or inaccessible areas without prior approval of. Maintenance Engineering. A 1/2 to 3/4% by weight solution of trisodium phosphate in demineralized ; water is a typically acceptable cleaning solution. I METAL CONTAMINATE LEVELS METAL MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LEVEL Mercury 10 ppm Lead 250 ppm Antimony 250 ppm Bismuth 250 ppm Copper 250 ppm Zinc 250 ppm. Cadmium 250 ppm Arsenic 250 ppm Aluminum 250 ppm . Tin 250 ppm Page 2 of 2 w___,_..;._ . __ _.-
7 SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011 t VISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 18 0F 21 ATTACHMENT 5 TOOL AND EQUIPMENT INVENTORY SHEET DESCRIPTION WORK REQUEST NO. SHEET NO. OF SUPERVISOR DATE I
, TOOL OR EQUIPMENT VERIFYING VERIFYING DECON- l
. DATE , UNITS . IN . INITIALS . OUT . INITIALS . YES DESCRIPTION NO )
(\
- hh a\bhv AW ^\V AWW AV/M
^O\ M G\ M Wv 1
i i i Page 1 of 1
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011 REVISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 19 0F 21 ATTACHMENT 6 TRANSFER OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR OPEN SYSTEM SYSTEM WORK REQUEST NO. COMPONENT: RELEASED BY: PRINTED NAME: DATE: SIGNATURE: _, SYSTEM OPEN: (YES/NO) ACCEPTED BY: PRINTED NAME: DATE: SIGNATURE: CLEANLINESS CONTROL COMMENTS: IN EFFECT: (YES/NO) f\ COMPONENT: RELEASED BY: /RIN?EDsNAME: DATE: M 6lhOdRE: SYSTEM OPEN: (YES/NO) ACCEPTED B N PR OTED NAME: DATE: Os W ) NATURE: CLEANLINESS CONTROL COMMENTbh\\"
,- IN,EFFECT: (YES/NO) AN'( "
4 v COMPONENT: RELPn3fD BY: PRINTED NAME: DATE:' SIGNATURE: SYSTEM OPEN: (YES/NO) ACCEPTED BY: PRINTED NAME: DATE: SIGNATURE: CLEANLINESS CONTROL COMMENTS: IN EFFECT: (YES/NO) COMPONENT: RELEASED BY: PRINTED NAME: DATE: SIGNATURE: SYSTEM OPEN: (YES/NO) ACCEPTED BY: PRINTED NAME: DATE: SIGNATURE: CLEANLINESS CONTROL COMMENTS: IN EFFECT: (YES/NO) COMPONENT: RELEASED BY: PRINTED NAME: [ DATE: SIGNATURE: SYSTEM OPEN: (YES/NO) ACCEPTED BY: PRINTED NAME: DATE: SIGNATURE: CLEANLINESS CONTROL COMMENTS: IN EFFECT: (YES/NO) ! r Page 1 of 1 cs - LL__ - - ,
% w -
(' , f SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0011 REVISION: 0 ADMINISTRATION PAGE 20 0F 21 ATTACHMENT 7 INSPECTION VERIFICATION OF PROPER CLEANLINESS CONTROL I . WORK REQUEST NO. l 4 SYSTEM' CLEANLINESS CON'T SYSTEM IN EFFECT COMPONENT . OPENED / CLOSED . YES/NO . TIME . DATE . INSPECTOR
/N csD W A
AW A%"
- 1 l
l L l Page 1 of 1 f
~' ?* * *
)
----- - 7'
..c L-l SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBES: MAP-0011 ,i
.,- ' REVISION: 0 ,
- q' ' ADMINISTRATION PAGE 21 0F 21 ATTACHMENT 8- L INSPECTORS RECORD ..
i 1 WORK REQUEST NO.
)
THE INSPECTOR SHALL BE PRESENT T0-0BSERVE AND/OR VERIFY THE FOLLOWING AS i APPLICABLE:: 'l I
- INSPECTION DESCRIPTION . INSPECTOR . DATE . REMARKS CLEAN' WORK AREA ESTABLISHED
~ TOOL CONTROL-IN EFFECT CLEANLINESS. CONTROL,IN'EFFECT DURING THE INITIAL OPENING ;
0F SYSTEM / COMPONENT (RECORD ONATTACHMENT-7i .k TEMPORARY COVERS / SEALS- % [ INSTALLED (RECORD ON ATTACI TEMPORARY COVERS'/ SEALS
' REMOVED (RECORD ON' ATTACHMENT 7)
SYSTEM / COMPONENT CLOSED -l (RECORD ON ATTACHMENT 7) i PROPER CLEANING. METHODS j
.)
USED: s 1~.-SOLVENT CLEANING '{
- 2. DETERGENT CLEANING l
1
- 3. DEMINERALIZED. WATER j
-RINSE ;
i i FINAL CLEANLINESS ACCEPTABLE . . . END l Page 1 of 1 1 1 i
- + . - . - . - - -
T. < SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0014 P.EVISION: 0~ li MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE-PROCEDURES PAGE 1 0F 6'
' LEAD DEPARTMENT , TITLE EFFECTIVE 0 ATE
~
. MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPOPT b dQOmnd;/Date MAINTENANCE MARAGE a _.
f r PRC ' Review . Reg'ui red . [] es (X] No Quality Review Required.'.[X] Yes- [ ] No
-SCOPE OF... REVISION- l 7 _
NEW-PROCEDURE-1 9
--7.
c FOR IN50MM Bb ONLY i ___________n---_-_ . . _ _ - - _ _ _ ._ D
, . u. -l SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0014 REVISION:- 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 2 0F 6 _
l 1.0 PURPOSE 1;1 LThis procedure establishes the Rancho Seco Maintenance Department Administrative Support Section and defines the philosophy 4 required for compliance with approved. procedures. 1.2 Discussions The Maintenance Department Administrative Section is: formed to support the interface required,to ensure that the. i Rancho Seco Maintenance Department operates in.the safest methods 1 to achieve-the highest quality. This is' accomplished through j implementing new. procedures, revising procedures"to the latest j industry standards, and by ensuring compliance to provide ' sufficient direction over all work activities. Interface with inter-departmental' commitments.is required to ensure controlled d flow,: accountability, and the necessary actions are addressed-in both a timely and a proper manner by the responsible person (s). 2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure addresses the Administrative functions of the Maintenance Department! All persons assigned to the Maintenance d Department and those persons . interfacing with the Maintenance Department are subject to the requirements of this procedure.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 MAP-0001, " Maintenance Department Organization and Responsibilities" 3.2 MAP-0004, " Control of On-Site Contract and Vendor' Personnel" _.1 l
'4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 None 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 Area' Function: In accordance with the organization charters of MAP-0001, the primary f unctions of the Maintenance Department Administrative Section is to develop, review, update, and-implement programs and procedures within the Maintenance l Department as_ required to ensure,that maintenance activities will maintain the physical. condition of.the plant to optimize reliabilityandplantavailabilityl i
l n 1 -- - - - -
a ji" , A. i/ , g g"' NUMBER: MAP-0014
@ SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION REVISION: 0 MAINTChANCEADMINISTRATIVEPROCEDURES PAGE 3 0F 6 y n 5.2
- Organization ~ Structures and Responsibilities 4 'g \
a 5.2.1 Refer to Attachment 1'for the organizational structure as established and implemented by the Maintenance Manager. 5.2.2 The Maintenance Administrative Coordinator., as supervised by the Maintenance Admin Supervisor, is responsible for supporting the Maintenance Department in its interactions with other departments
.and agencies. This includes, but is not. limited to, the
.following areas of responsibilities: 4 s e' 5.2.2.1 - Receipt, logging, internal and external control of source
; documents, i.e., NRC Open' Items, INPO,0 pen Items,.NCRs, ECNs, CCTS, QTS, 00Rs,LAbnormal Tags, LERs,'. EARS.,.M @ tenance Procedures, 'and Rancho Seco' Procedens from other department's. ,
'p ,
5.2.2.2 Communication of status of programs to management. 5.2.2.3. Metention .of complete and concise history information via
,' maintaining copies and a ' Master Receipt Log of incoming and outgoing-information and documents.
(~ 5.2.2'.4 Ensuring that'the status of action items and required action dates of source documents received are reported to the Deputy Maintenance Manager weekly. C' 5.2.2.5 ~ Handling and accountability of all documents. M, s 3 Attachments 2 and 3 represent the flow of information and 5.2.2.6 documents into, through, and out of the Maintenance Department. p 9 6.0 RECORD 3 > 6.1 Resumes and timesheets of contract and vendor personnel in accordance with MAP-0004, "Cantrol of On-Site Contract and vendor Personnel." 6.2 Correspondence f rom other departments and outside agencies via a . Master Receipt Log. i 1 7.0 4 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Maintenance Department Organization Structure 7.2 Maintenance Administrative Flowchart (Typical) 7.3 Maintenance Administrative Flow Diagram (Typical) I r
;-.Au- k.~ _u 1- ..
.y - - ._
c.y
'R
* ~ ~
.g f],@,. 'd
, :. x-
. v'g . )&
'<% . ; ,1 SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0014
+#' REVISION: '# MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES-' PAGE4 0F 6'
' l, ATTACHMENT 7.1
_ MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE OHf ,_ 1 l'5 _ . u vi; k
- s. <
} l
- s. ,
.c ;
;c ..
t '. r ~~ r
't i l=
v ! ; - LU 3 E E
.- > jl >
,+ ,, , ,
'1'R5 '- cl I
, a. w 'I W
.r y -
y _, 5
+
V $ _> l . . r m r, '. y ~,
}\ g . J v g j l
~
.i - (n - 2
; .i s
; el ;
m rI m r """" l r, g I 4' c .M > el > . E >
'.. p r 3 ) f n 7, ~.
N ' rE I (! E s b f-5 2 - i - s* i E g 5
- .,s > wa ; .E > .-
's . .
%. m
( f
! I E
e I ; 1 s l l
- I*
5 i
- m. y La ) '
'%V ,j g . -
cy:(r s .
- y. Nf l r '
L' \. !! E i 8 g l
' L ;
I ,
.4 o-: .- a Attachment 1 Page 1 of 1 lh:en '. -- - .___ . _ . _ . _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . .___ _- --______ _ -__ -
SMUD,. NUCLEAR 0 ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0014 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 5 0F 6 ATTACHMENT 7.2 l l MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE FLOWCHART (TYPICAL)
- 1. Stamp document with d' ate / time received.
MAINTENANCE 2. Copy for distribution. , ADMINISTRATIVE 3. Original placed in files. I COORDINATOR 4. Assign Maintenance Department document i (MAC) tracking number and record in Master Receipt Log.
- 5. Send copy to Deputy Maintenance Mngr.
MF 1. Determine priority, approve distribution, DEPUTY MAINT. and indicate resolution actions required. MANAGER 2. Return to Maint. Admin. Coord.
- 3. Ensure Maintenance Manager is informed of significant actions or commitments.
1F 1. Copy for files.
- 2. Distribute to cognizant group for y"" MAC resolution or to files if information only.
I i 1F 1. Estimate completion or approximate return MAINTENANCE date and inform MAC monthly of status. GROUP RESPONSIBLE 2. Complete required action / review and route FOR ACTION / REVIEW back to MAC. I 1F 1. Record completion date in Master Rec'eipt Log.
- 2. Confirm action / review completed and check MAC for appropriate or required signatures.
- 3. Route to Maintenance Manager for review / approval.
1F 1. Review, approve, sign or assign new or MAINTENANCE further action / distribution and route to MAC. MANAGER i i 1F 1. Log in Master Receipt Log as completed or reroute to responsible group. MAC 2. Route completsd documents back to the source, if required, for concurrence and/or approval. Attachment 2 Page 1 of 1
- p. ___ - _ _ _ - _ . - _ - _ _ - - - - . - - _ - - - _ - - - -
q), '
- r 3 e .
L, ' , . , 1 a< % i , c-
'j $. -;
7 ^ j W ( v3 , w h p <'~ h-i.' [ h /h d , A1;/[ '. [ ' t , .p;
'i~*
i <- .1
' f .t, .;
p?*9 SMUD,SU/ LEAR. ORGANIZATION-
'IMBER:
L./ISION: 0-MA P-001_4.
')j
..d U
' MAINTENANffid 0RIHISTRATIVE
,5 Pni3EDURES PAGE 6 0F 6'
- j
+-
,3 (
'o . ATTACHMENT 7.3 W' ? 4 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRAU.ON FLOW DIAGRAM '
it-f .] I j )
'n ,-
I 1 ,. 3 Information, . Doctants, f i gg, ' MMNTENMCE MetuGE'R ,. Notices, . g .?' Meres, Reports, ECN's, (IR's. s etc. . MAINT '> iv iADMIN i DEPU1Y LlWJNTENmCE 4 OORD T*-*{ ' l wt+ER -) .: , 3 ;. f
. I ',
"I
/ } s
.. r
.f: ,
j
,- g ,
f g ',
<. ; a N.3 \
~
e GROUP RESP for . ACTICN ' l ;
~ ' ',,
g !
") .l I I i V ,
)
i i , i n '
+} s' ,
y Y y <
> * , 4 ll! c },
(
.r lC c t l
c
.g s
g '.
. s;<
~
.\
/' 1 ;
f L j.s
.i e Attachment 3 _
<5* Page 1 of 1
- i _.
n .x ,, , , e [+ i :/- > 3 r $ 3 pg ' ; a v . e
SMUD,' NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0015 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 1 0F 14 LEAD DEPARTMENT TITLE EFFECTIVE DATE MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT 07-31-87 MAINTENANCE TRAINING _ h _3 .Y ___ MAINTENANCE M GER / Date PRC Review Required [] Yes [X] No Quality Review Required [X) Yes [] No SCOPE OF REVISION NEW PROCEDURE r FOR lhf0RETl01101LY
. SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0015 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 2 0F 14 _
1 '. 0 PURPOSE-To improve maintenance performance within the Maintenance Department. To ensure that Maintenance Training required by INPO for accreditation is identified, administered and documented in a , central location. To ensure that all maintenance personnel review administrative procedures annually. To make certain that this annual review is scheduled, coordinated, and documented at the right time. 2.0 SCOPE All persons within the Maintenance Department and/or working ! under the direction of the Maintenance Manager are subject ~to the requirements of this procedure.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 TDAP-7100, Nuclear Training Records Control-3.2 TDAP-5200, Coordir.ation of Training ) 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Administrative Training 4.1.1 Formal training. Training conducted in a formal structured professional environment with testing and scoring. Formal training can be on-site or off-site conducted by the Rancho Seco Training Department. Documentation required, TDF-0002, Rev. 3/87. ; i I 4.1.2 Informal Training. Training conducted by Training Department or Maintenance Department without testing or scoring. Self training without testing is considered informal training. Documentation required. TDF 0002, Rev 3/87. 4.2 Technical Training - Seminars 4.3 Training conducted by any organization with or without testing or scoring. A written narrative report required to be distributed j to that individual's designated Work Group and one copy to j Training Coordinator. Documentation required TDF-0002, Rev. 3/87.
f 1 i l ', t SMUD, NUCLEAR-ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0015 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 3 0F 14 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 Responsibilities 5 .1.1 Manager, Nuclear Maintenance shall: 5.1.1.1 Establish and-maintain administrative training requirements for Nuclear Maintenance Department. j 5.1.1.2 Appoint a Department Training Coordinator who shall interface
-between the respective maintenance areas and the Nuclear Training Department.
5.2 Maintenance Department Training Coordinator:
'o Review trainirg records prepared within the Maintenance Department for accuracy, completeness, and-legibility.
o Collect, assemble and process training records within the Maintenance Department and forward these records to'the Training Department after approval by the Maintenance Manager. g, - s o Provide instructions to Maintenance Department Personnel on proper documentation of training to be done. o Maintain a supply of current revisions of required Training Department (NTD) Forms, o Schedule Administrative Training as directed. o Provide a monthly report by the 15th of the following month of Administrative Training accomplished during the month, status of individual areas on Training Deficiencies for Administrative Training. o Assist in the development of an annual Administrative Training Schedule, o Assist in the availability of Training Facilities.
5.3 Superintendents
o Superintendents shall ensure that their employees receive Administrative Procedure Training with the established
? guidelines.
,O I
L a Q: SMUD,. NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0015 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE P30CEDURES- PAGE 4 0F 14 f o ' Administrative Training can-be. accomplished at the
. discretion of the Area Superintendents by either of the-following' methods:
.1. Group Briefing,
- 2. Reading Assignment.
o- After. completion of Administrative training, T0F-0002, Rev 3/87 must be. filled in and forwarded to the Maintenance Training Coordinator in a timely manner. 6.0 RECORDS Form T0F-0002, Rev 3/87 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Training Matrix for Maintenance Administrative Procedures 7.2 Training Matrix for 0uality Assurance Program Procedures 7.3 Training Matrix f or Quality Implementation Manual I 7.4- -Training Matrix for Administrative Procedures 7.5 Training Matrix for District Wide Employee Training 7.6 Training Matrix for Technical Staf f Training Program I 4 k
/ T
. -SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0015 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE ' S OF 14 ATTACHMENT 7.1 7.1 Training Matrix for Maintenance Administrative Procedures ENGIN MGR SPEC ENG . HOURLY SUPT. ENG TECH SUPV PLANNER CRAFT CONTRACTOR
' MAP-0001 X X X X X X X MAP-0002 X X X X X X ' XL MAP-0003 X X X X MAP-0004 X X
-MAP-0006- X MAP-0007 X MAP-0008 X X MAP-0009 X X MAP-0010 X X -X X MAP-0011 X 2 X -X X X X 7"
MAP-0014' X X X X X X X-MAP-0015 X 'X X MAP-0017 X X X J y., l 1 i j l __ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ - _ _ _
i
. - $ .5 SMUD, NUCLEAR;0 ORGANIZATION- NUMBER: . MAP-0015 REVISION: 01 MAINTENANCETADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES- :PAGE 6 0F 14 , ATTACHMENT 742 7.2 : TRAINING. MATRIX FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE' PROGRAM PROCEDURE ENGIN MGR ' SPEC :ENG . .
HOURLY SUPT ENG TECH- SUPV PLANNER ~ CRAFT. CONTRACTOR QAP-1 .X X X QAP-2 X X X QAP-3 X X X X QAP-4 X X1 .X 'X X QAP X X X.
-QAO-8 X X X X- X-QAP-9' -X X X X X X QAP-14 X- X X X- X X: X QAP,-15 X X X X l QAP-16 X & X X- X-QAP-17 X X X X- X QAP-18 X X X X X- X X-QAP-25 X X X X -X X X QAP X X- X X X X X QAP-27 X X- -X X X- X X QAP-28 X X X X X X X
-i 1
e r-
1 SMUD, NUCLEAR 0 ORGANIZATION- NUMBER: MAP-0015 REVISION:. 0-
' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 7 0F 14
;;t -
ATTACHMENT 7.3 7.3 TRAININGLMATRIX FOR QUALITY-IMPLEMENTATION MANUAL ENGIN MGR SPEC- ENG HOURLY
~ SUPT ENG TECH ^SUPV. PLANNER CRAFT' CONTRACTOR QAIP-8 X X X X X Q AI P-15 X X X- X X QAI P-17 X X X X X QAIP-18 X X X
( 1
.i i
i
)
I 1
/
/~ !
I i i r -w_____~__ _ _ _ . _
f l s .SMUD, NUCLEAR-ORGANIZATION NUMBER:- MAP-0015 L REVISION: 0-MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 8 0F 14 ; I ATTACHMENT 7.4 i 7.4' -Training Matrix for Administrative Procedures ENGIN MGR SPEC ENG HOURLY SUPT ENG TECH SUPV. PLANNER CRAFT CONTRACTOR' e ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES AP.1 X X X X X X AP.2.00 X X X X X X AP.2.01 X X X X~ X i AP.2.02 X X X X X .X
-AP.2.03 X X X EAP.2.04 X X. X X AP.2.08 X X X X l AP.2.09 X X X X X X AP.2.10- X X X AP.2.22- X X X X-AP.2.24 X X~ X
'AP.2.26 X X X X j AP.2.27 X -X X s AP.2.30 X X X X X X-X X X AP.3- X X X
,AP.3A X- X X X X X' X X AP.3B X X X AP.4A- X X X X X X AP.4B X X X X X X AP 4C X X X X X X AP 5 X X X X X-X X X AP.5A X X X X X X X AP.6 X X X X X X AP.7 X X AP.8 X X X X X X X AP.10 X X X X X X X AP.11 X X X X X X AP .12 X X X X AP.13 X X X X X X AP.14 X X X A P .16 ;
X X X X AP.17 X X X X AP.18 X X X X X X X AP.19 X X X Page 1 of 4 1 I _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
, SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION- . NUMBER: MAP-0015-REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES- PAGE 9 0F 14
'7.4/ ,(Continued)
ENGIN MGR SPEC ENG HOURLY
. , SUPT ENG TECH SUPV PLANNER CRAFT CONTRACTOR-
'AP.20 X X X X X X AP.21 X X X X. X X AP.22 X X X X. X- X AP.23.00 X X .X X X :X AP.23.01- X X X' X ~X X- X-AP.23.02 X X X X- X-AP.23.03 X X. X X X AP.23.04 X X X X X AP.23.05 X X X X X X ~X AP.23.06' X X X X X AP.23.07 X X X X- X X X AP.23.08 X' X X X X X X AP.23.09 X. -X X .X. X X X X: X, AP.23.10- X X- X X X A P :. 23.11 X X X 'X X. .X X l AP '. 2 3.12 - X 'X X- X Xi
'AP.23.14 X -X X- X Xe X X A P .23.15 x 1 X X X' X~
('~ AP.23.17- X X- X- X X X X AP.23.18 X X X X X: X X AP.23.22 .X X X. AP.23.23 X X. X AP.23.24 X ~X X- X AP.26 X X X X X. X X AP.26A X X X X X X .X-X X AP.27 X X X X AP.28 X X 'X X X X AP.29 X X X X .X X X AP.30 X X X X X X X X X X AP.31 X X AP.32 X X X X AP.32A X X X X X .X X X X X AP.33 X X X X X X X X AP.34 X X X X X X X AP.34A X X X X X X AP.35 X X X X X X AP.38 X X X X X AP.39 X X X X X. X X X X X AP.41 X I- Page 2 of 4 f
n - __ __ . . - - - - - .
.II
~
SMUDP NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION- NUMBER: MAP-0015
+
REVISION: 0' MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES' PAGE 10 0F 14 > g 7;4!i(Continued) ENGIN i- MGR . SPEC -ENG HOURLY SUPT ENG TECH; SUPV PLANNER CRAFT CONTRACTOR AP.42 X X X X X- X X AP.43 X X X X X X X AP.44 X X X X X X AP.45 X X X- X X X AP.46; X X X X X X AP.47A X X X AP.48 X X X X X X AP.49 X X X X X X AP.50 X X X X AP.51 X X X X X X D AP.52- X X X X AP.53 X X .X X X 'l AP.56. X X X X X- l i AP.57' X X X X X X AP.59 X X X X X AP.60 X X X X X X
-AP.62 X X X X X X X AP.63 X X X X X X X AP.64 X X- X X ~X X X AP.65 X X X 'X AP.66 X X AP.67 X X X X AP.69 X X X X AP.72' X X X X X X i AP.73 X X X X X X AP;74 X X X X X X A P '. 7 6. X X X X X X AP.78 X X X X X X AP.80 X X X X X AP.81 X X X X X AP.82 X X X X X AP.86 X X X X X X AP.87 X X X X X X
.AP.88 X X X X X X AP.89 X X X X X X AP.90 X X X X AP.91 X 'X X X X AP.92 .X X AP.93 X X Page 3 of 4
) i 1
tt
'l!
SMUD,, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION a NUMBER:- MAP-0015 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 11 0F 14 7.4 _(Continued) ENGIN MGR- SPEC ENG HOURLY SUPT ~ ENG' TECH SUPV PLANNER CRAFT CONTRACTOR' AP.94 X X AP.96 X X X X-AP.98 X X X X X AP.100-199 X X X X X X
-AP.301 X X X X X X AP.303 X X X X X- X AP.303~.03 X X X X 'X X AP.303.04 X X. X X X X AP.303.05 X X X X 'X X AP.305 x X X X X X AP 306 'X X- X
'AP.307 X X X AP.308 X X X AP.309' X X X AP.310 X AP.311' X X X X X X
.AP.312 X
f *' AP.313' X -- 1 AP.314. X X X X- X- X AP.351 X 'X -X X X X AP.500-599 -X X X X X X AP.604 X X X X X X AP.651 X X X X X X Page 4 of 4 l' '
\
l* L2
SMU3, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0015 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE- 12 0F 14 ATTACHMENT 7.5 7.5 DISTRICT WIDE EMPLOYEE TRAINING MATRIX All employees are to be scheduled for District Employee Training. Some of this training is restricted to supervisors. Asterisk (*) indicated classes available at Rancho Seco. ALL SUPERVISORS EXEMPT SUPERVISORS Teams of Two X Preventing Sexual Harassment
- X Using Time X Introduction to Discipline
- X ECP Orientation X Effective Delegation X Number Skills ECP Performance Management X Selection Interviewing X How to Document Discipline
- X Affirmative Action Orientation X X Creative Problem-Solving
- X Managing Conflict
- X Performance Evaluation X Page 1 of 1
.c SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0015 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 13 ' 0F ' 14 ATTACHMENT 7.6
\ 4, .
'N %,,%{'%{,'0
&>,,D s. p ?w j ) ?, u u - =u um n un u e
w .
, s '* - - - - - - - - . - -
o
%'v, ),r,%,,9%, -
- ~ ~~~~ - -
}
y *o, ' 't 9 E, k n u u u m u u n u u u
} 4 %zl3,'% " " u u -
a 9 w f
-s . Q'n p ,M M M M M M M. M M M M Q e
' \ ,b 4 o,0
- k*>,,b r "bl ~
p .r.
- r,>b,
, n,, ,,
, .p v4s, %, 4 ~ +4f 6
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ n ~ ,
+o,%,&~*% ,4 i, n - -
w. 4
#hp x .-
' M, w w w w w w M M M M M lE x '+f .
- ---------- _ i z
a w I 9 W . k < * *
- E 5 O E 2 :: :
g ; g 8-C. O: O
- t 232-. &&42* a ?
E 5 O=O-5 55 55 3 ; ;
- W ;; : e.me5edecE ; ;
w
- o ~580 es a em 5 2 ; A 4 5 . a5E*55502 %A.
=
3
*, c -
W 2 4 "'5 5 ; E ~ C 8
~
.2 o y s *: A B 5 0 E *" d " h a M :
m-a W
- g "O a t $" "E W" =8 3 :
a M ~ a 5=55: E4J445 & ,s 'j 'l ' ' iE C =, .-o , p lll y =5 W W3EWWWW" G5355555: ' 8 - 5 5 5 = 5 m e t. t e S
. f, . .
Page 1 of 2
- 1. 1
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0015 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PAGE 14 0F 14 i ATTACHMENT 7.6 (Continued) r*C,
# W9 O,
/ y Oy 9
* *y
) ) M M MM MM M M M M M M MM M M M M M 5 ? v /t I EI lY .
h9 'O M M M M M M MM M M mr M M M M M M M M Q a h 5, f
. 2 a M M MM M MM M M M M M M M M M e ,' p) 0, ? Oy
#y M,g M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M Q
{ w "dy fp T o 4 , MM M 't M M M M M M M Q w 't.
~
%; 0'S
=
7 .v M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M g
= 0 4
s\ \ %
\
\
f.
/9
*4
)
3'
\
M
- 4r M -
,r
\ %Es g>,0+
E>y
. r s.
E f rs ,, f),>,
. M M M M M M M M M MM MM m.
+, #,
2 #2 9 49 # MM M M M M M M M M M - M
% 4
*h) 9hy
.M y g" ,M MM M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
/
s 4 W M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
=
M e
~
= -
0 5 . . m = g <
- w - w - - w -
C = 2 ; * ~
= E
~8m E E -
e- =* am w
~ E N w a a - m a w *
- < m m . - - - w = m - M C.
- m a - = w w w v - =w w = v ,
=5m w- w=a 5 aa"w.~====uw w - 5 ='
- = d,
=
m, o s- <=< w =u
-m . e m m e s_oom - v = = = =
. m e = m .
v - = m = g=g m ;-
=.
g jg 6 y g g w g s o - g g w g o a - u~ = < m = w m < = a . .6 ,- g - , - m W a W J
< w - -- J<w e=- w< < u. w w m - m e e
- , - <& - < - u . =
.- o a o $. 4 3
m - e < e < w g a 5$
- o r =
- = 5s- M=v Ee= % e mm7w=5 =5 5s S -
= ~ 7 m%
<= w= m
-e e 5w =v- =5.s.: w# -S
=-
- E e.M O
e v M 5s w <a s= .: < - w a v s < = a > < w < - a w w
, -=w m z .]ve
- = = w w - = = = = w w -3552=CE5
===
~
ifu .e 25E~e55 wm-o---aw<o<--vwwvv w - v - m
= u = , = - =
= =
= . .
5= .Mu m
- o 8an,5222m 2528?ayu*"
= < , m w w w m m =m = w w m = m -- 1 Page 2 of 2 1
l
.t I SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0017 1- REVISION: 0-MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL PAGE 1 0F 7 '4
. LEAD DEPARTMENT TITLE- EFFECTIVE DATE
, . 3 ;. MAINTENANCE ROOT CAUSE DETERMINATION 06-12-87 N10 0_ _Wdre J MAINTENANCE MANAGE DATE J l y M NO PRC REVIEW REQUIRED: [ J YES QUALITY REVIEW REQUIRED: (X) YES () NO l REVISION
SUMMARY
]
I
)
NEW-PROCEDURE ('
,1 I
l i k
)
l 1 ( I i FOR FORMA"'OR OLY 4
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0017 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIV
E. PROCEDURE
MANUAL PAGE 2 0F 7 1.0 PURPOSE - I 1.1 To define the process for evaluating root causes of equipment failures and maintenance concerns.
1.2 Discussion
This Procedure ensures root causes are identified, appropriate corrective actions are taken, and measures to prevent reoccurrence are established. 2.0 SCOPE All persons within the Maintenance Department are subject to the requirements of this procedure.
3.0 REFERENCES
NONE 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Like Equipment Equipment of the same type having the same manufacturer and model number. 4.2 Similar Equipment Equipment of the same type, with the same function, but different model and/or manufacturer. 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 Root cause evaluations shall be completed on all equipment failures not having a clearly identifiable, and/or understood cause of failure. - ___-___T:r:_T_ _____ ___ _ __ L_ __ .______________________________________=_=______ _ _ _ _ _
g, , - -- - m IU
- 1 SMUD,-NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0017 REVISION: O' .!
r MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL PAGE 3 0F 7' J
.)
5.2' Root cause evaluations shall'be completed as. deemed necessary by the' Maintenance Manager or a Maintenance Superintendent to - resolve maintenance concerns.
'5.3 The Maintenance Foreman, Planner an'd /orL the Maintenance Engineer ,
is responsible for. notifying the Maintenance Superintendent. of' 1 any equipment failure or maintenance concern which may require a- j root cause evaluation when-identified at any stage-of.the work 'l control process. 5.4 The Maintenance' Superintendent shall' review the equipment' failure . . or maintenance concern to determine if acroot cause evaluation is-requi red.
. . 'I 5.4.1 The Maintenance Superintendent shall assign a Maintenance . t!
Engineer ~or Supervisor responsibility for completing the root cause evaluations-deemed necessary . 5.5 The Maintenance Engineer shall complete root cause evaluations as follows: ': .. 5.5.1 Using the Root Cause Evaluation (RCE)~ Form, Attachment 1, .
.i identify the applicabli equipment' identification (s), equipment 1 description (s), system, work. request number (s) as applicable, and .i a: complete description of the failure / concern.
5.5.2 Include name and date in the space provided. < ( 5.5.3 Obtain'a Root Cause Evaluation Number from Planning Support. 5.5.3.1 Forward a copy of the. Root Cause Evaluation (RCE) Form.to Planning Support for inclusion in the Root Cause' Evaluation . ; tracking system. ; 5.5.4 Review pending and past root cause evaluations recorded by Maintenance or..the Incident Analysis Group for duplicate , evaluations on:- {
. Equipment
. Like Equipment (Ref. def. 4.1)
.'Similar Equipment (Ref. def. 4.2)
. Related Concerns Complete Steps 5.5.4.1 through 5.5.4.4 if duplicate evaluation (s)' f are identified.
L ll 1 y k y V:
,SMUD, NUCLEAR. ORGANIZATION , NUMBER: : MAP-0017-REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE: MANUAL PAGEL 4 0F~7
- 5.5.4.1 . Reference the Root Cause Evaluation number.or Incident: Analysis-L of the. duplicate evaluation in the " Corrective Action Required"'
section.
- 5.5.4.2 . Review the duplicate evaluation to ensure the f ailure or concern and identified root cause is' applicable to the. failure or concern-being addressed. If any of the failure symptoms: or circumstances vary,' a. complete evaluation is required. - If the' failure symptoms and circumstances are equivalent, an evaluation is'not required.
5.5.4.3 If..the' identified duplicate evaluation is still pending (has not-been completed)',: forward a copy of the Root Cause Evaluation-(RCE)-Form to the Maintenance Engineer or Supervisor responsible-for'the duplicate evaluation.
- 5. 5.4.4 - If an evaluation is not required, include a statement in the.
" Corrective Actions Required" section, referencing that an evaluation is not required,-and sign and date the RCE form in'the space provided.
- 5.5.4.5 Forward-the RCE form to.the Maintenance Superintendent for 4
' closure.- .
5.5.5 ' Review tho' pending and .past evaluations for similarities in failure, concerns and possible. root causes.- e
'5.5.5.1' Note similarities in the " Findings" section of the RCE form.
15.5.6 Walkdown-the. equipment, as necessary, to ensure a11' symptoms and circumstances are identified.- 5.5'6.1
. List all symptoms in the " Finding" section of the-RCE form.
5.5.7 Determine the root cause of the failure or concern as follows: 5.5.7.1 Evaluate the f ailure, symptoms, and circumstances. l 5.5.7.2 Consult with the individuals involved in the circumstances-leading to the failure or concern. I 5.5.7.3 Consult with Nuclear Organization personnel, as determined beneficia1'in evaluating the failure or concern. (e.g., ! Operators, Maintenance Foreman,-Design Engineer, etc.) . c 5.5.7.4 Consult with other Nuclear Power Utilities as determined ! beneficial in evaluating the failure or concern. i
)
____-.__._______.m_______
g -- w -
-SMUD, NUCLEAR, ORGANIZATION. NUM8ER: MAP-0017 .l REVISION:- 0
.c MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE' MANUAL PAGE 5 0F 7 5.5;7.5 Include pertinent information collected in the " Finding" section of the'RCE form. Attach additional sheets as necessary 5.5.7'.6 Include the. root'cause explanation in-the " Conclusion" section of i the.RCE form.
'5.5.8 List all corrective" actions required for correcting the failure,.
resolving the concern, and preventing reoccurrence in the
" Corrective.' Action (s) Required" section on the RCE Form, including any 00Rs, NCRs, or EARS.
5.5.9' Sign and date the RCE form in the space provided. 5.5.10 Forward the RCE form to the Maintenance Superintendent for. review. 5.6, The Maintenance Superintendent shall review the RCE form and shall complete the following: 5.6.1 Upon concurrence that the' root ~cause has been correctly-
. identified'and the' appropriate corrective actions have been
- . -specified, sign.and date the RCE form in the space provided.
1' .
~f 5.6.2 Forward the RCE form and attachments to the assigned Maintenance Engineer / Supervisor.
5.7 The assigned Maintenance' Engineer / Supervisor shall retain the RCE-form'until all. required corrective actions have been completed, and shall complete the following: 5.7.1 Summarize corrective actions completed in the " Corrective Actions (s). Completed" section. 5.7.2 Sign and date the RCE form in the space provided. 5.7.3 Forward the RCE form to the Maintenance Superintendent. 5.8 .The Maintenance Superintendent shall' review the completed corrective actions-and upon concurrence shall forward the RCE to the Maintenance Manager. 5.9 the Maintenance Manager shall review the RCE form and shall
~
complete the following:
- /
SMUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER: MAP-0017 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL PAGE 6 0F 7 5.9.1 Upon concurrence that the root cause has been correctly identified, and all required. corrective actions have been completed, sign and date the RCE form in .the space provided. 5.9.2 Forward the RCE form to Planning Support.
'5.9.3 If the Maintenance Manager deems that a Root Cause Evaluation requires analysis by the Incident Analysis Group he shall initiate that action.
5.10 Planning Support shall update the RCE tracking system, and shall file the Root Cause Evaluation form. 6.0 RECORDS The following individual / packaged documents and copies of any
,- related correspondence completed as a result of this procedure are records. They shall be transmitted to Records Management using a Record Transfer Form. Each Records Transfer Form shall be clearly annotated:in the Remarks Section as transmittal to Records Management, the sender shall assure that each record is packaged (when applicable),-QA program requirements have been fulfilled, document is legible, completely filled out, adequately identifiable to the item or activity involved, and is stamped,
' initialed, signed,'or otherwise authenticated.
6.1 Root Cause Evaluation Form 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Root Cause Evaluation Form l
e, ~ s El^ [ ._ sw h ,) g , e
,9 -
- 5 MUD, NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION NUMBER:. MAP 0017 REVISION: 0 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE MANUAL- PAGE 7 0F 7-ROOT CAUSE EVALUATION FORM' ROOT CAUSE EVAL NO:
' ASSIGNED MAINTENANCE ENGINEER / SUPERVISOR: DATE: i EQUIPMENT I DENTI F IC AT I ON( S ): c l
l' EQUIPMENT DE S CR I PT 10N( S ).: , s. ,.5 a b . SYSTEM ID( S )/DESC( S ): ' WORK HE0 VEST N0( S ): i DESCRIPTION OF. PROBLEM: f i I I. FINDINCS:
. . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ........s.........
y - 1 D C ONCLUS I ON( S ): y Y M l CORRECTIVE ACTION (S) REQUIRED: l 4 COMPLETED 9Y! DATE? APPROVED BYt DATE! CORRECTIVE ACTION COMPLETED: ! 1
. . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . . .. . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
.l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......................,i......
1 1 COMPLEYED BY! DATE: APPROVED BY: DATE: R C E.F O R M
- - :, - ,m , .,,,.a.._,:... .
Attac.hment
-- . .. 1e , , , . , . _ _ . _
Page 1 Of L. i
. . _ _ . . _ _ _ _ __ _______m_____Z___._____.m _.___)}}